Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 299

SERVICE MANUAL

Automated Hematology Analyzer MEK-7300K


Automated
Hematology Analyzer
MEK-7300K

First Edition: 15 Jun 2012


Second Edition: 14 Jun 2013

0634-900772A
Printed: 2013/06/27
Automated
Hematology Analyzer
MEK-7300K

If you have any comments or suggestions


on this manual, please contact us at:
www.nihonkohden.com 0634-900772A
In order to use this product safely and fully understand all its functions, make sure to read this manual before using the
product.

Keep this manual near the instrument or in the reach of the operator and refer to it whenever the operation is unclear.

The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.

Copyright Notice
The entire contents of this manual are copyrighted by Nihon Kohden. All rights are reserved. No part of this document
may be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopied, recorded,
or otherwise) without the prior written permission of Nihon Kohden.

Trademark

The mark printed on the SD card that is used in this instrument is a trademark. The company name and model name are
trademarks and registered trademarks of each company.
Contents 1

EMC RELATED CAUTION.................................................................................................... i 3


Conventions Used in this Manual and Instrument............................................................... ii
Warnings, Cautions and Notes.................................................................................. ii 4
Text Conventions in this Manual................................................................................ ii
5

6
Section 1 General.................................................................................... 1.1
Introduction....................................................................................................................... 1.2 7
Service Policy................................................................................................................... 1.3
Specifications.................................................................................................................... 1.4
Measured Parameters, Ranges and Reproducibility to Specimen............... 1.4
Detection Method......................................................................................... 1.4
Standardization Analysis Method................................................................. 1.5
Dilution Ratio................................................................................................ 1.5
Counting Time.............................................................................................. 1.5
Display.......................................................................................................... 1.5
Data Storage................................................................................................ 1.5
Environmental Conditions............................................................................. 1.5
Power Requirements.................................................................................... 1.6
Dimensions and Weight................................................................................ 1.6
Electromagnetic Compatibility...................................................................... 1.6
Safety........................................................................................................... 1.6
Bar Code Specifications............................................................................... 1.7
Panel Description.............................................................................................................. 1.8
Front Panel............................................................................................................. 1.8
Right Side Panel..................................................................................................... 1.9
Left Side Panel..................................................................................................... 1.10
Top Panel.............................................................................................................. 1.10
Rear Panel............................................................................................................ 1.11
Caution Labels on the Analyzer...................................................................................... 1.12
Composition.................................................................................................................... 1.14
Standard Composition.......................................................................................... 1.14

Section 2 Troubleshooting and Error Code.......................................... 2.1


Check Flowchart............................................................................................................... 2.3
Checking the Measurement Environment and Sample Handling........................... 2.4
Measurement Environment.......................................................................... 2.4
Notes for Sample Handling........................................................................... 2.4
Notes for Preparing Pre-dilution Samples.................................................... 2.5
Special Samples........................................................................................... 2.5
Leak.................................................................................................................................. 2.6
Error Codes...................................................................................................................... 2.8
E001: Blood Pump Initial Error............................................................................... 2.8
E061: Iso Pump Initial Error.................................................................................... 2.9

Service Manual MEK-7300K C.1


CONTENTS

E062: Iso Pump Movement Error.......................................................................... 2.10


E021: Sample Initial Error..................................................................................... 2.12
E022: Vertical Sampler Movement Error............................................................... 2.13
E023: Horizontal Sampler Movement Error.......................................................... 2.14
E041: WBC Subbus Initial Error............................................................................ 2.15
E051: RBC Subbus Initial Error............................................................................ 2.16
E071: Sample Pump Initial Error.......................................................................... 2.17
E072: Sample Pump Movement Error.................................................................. 2.18
E081: Lyse Pump Initial Error............................................................................... 2.19
E082: Lyse Pump Movement Error....................................................................... 2.20
E101: Right Rotary Pump Initial Error................................................................... 2.20
E102: Left Rotary Pump Initial Error..................................................................... 2.21
E141: Cap Pierce Initial Error............................................................................... 2.21
E142: Cap Pierce Movement Error....................................................................... 2.22
E145: Tube Holder Movement Error...................................................................... 2.23
Fault Diagnosis from Alarm............................................................................................. 2.24
Alarm.................................................................................................................... 2.24
Alarms to the Right of the Value................................................................. 2.25
No Reagent Alarms.................................................................................... 2.30
Manometer Alarms..................................................................................... 2.35
CBC Measurement Alarms......................................................................... 2.36
HGB Measurement Alarms........................................................................ 2.49
WBC 5 Part Differential Alarms.................................................................. 2.51
Particle CV Check........................................................................................................... 2.54
Measuring the Particle Distribution Width............................................................. 2.54
Measuring Particles.................................................................................... 2.54
Poor Particle Reproducibility................................................................................. 2.55
Adjusting the Flowcell Position............................................................................. 2.58
Countermeasure against the Trouble at the Particle Measurement (Backwash)... 2.60
Background Check.......................................................................................................... 2.62
Reproducibility Check..................................................................................................... 2.65
Reading Data........................................................................................................ 2.65
Checking the Reproducibility................................................................................ 2.66
Reproducibility Failure.......................................................................................... 2.67
When the WBC Data is Abnormal.............................................................. 2.67
When the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Data is Abnormal............................ 2.68
When the HGB Data is Abnormal............................................................... 2.70
When the RBC Data is Abnormal............................................................... 2.71
When the PLT Data is Abnormal................................................................ 2.72
When the HCT and MCV Data is Abnormal............................................... 2.73
Checking the Accuracy................................................................................................... 2.75
Checking the Scattergram with Fresh Blood................................................................... 2.76
When CBC Flags Appear Frequently................................................................... 2.76
When WBC 5 Part Differentiation Flags Appear Frequently................................. 2.76
Rough Optical Adjustment Trouble............................................................. 2.77
Fine Optical Adjustment Trouble................................................................. 2.77
When Increasing or Decreasing Flags of the WBC 5 Part Differentiation
Appear Frequently...................................................................................... 2.78
When Abnormal Cell Flags of the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Appear
Frequently................................................................................................... 2.78

C.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


CONTENTS

Section 3 Board/Unit Description.......................................................... 3.1 1


MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit......................................................................................... 3.2
MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit........................................................................................... 3.3 2
MS-730V Sampler Unit..................................................................................................... 3.4
MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit................................................................................................. 3.5
3
MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit............................................................................................... 3.6
4
MP-731V Triple Pump Unit................................................................................................ 3.7
MP-640V Pump Unit......................................................................................................... 3.8
5
MJ-730V Flowcyto Piping Unit.......................................................................................... 3.9
JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit................................................................................................ 3.10 6
JQ-731V/732V Valve Unit............................................................................................... 3.11
PV-730VK Front Panel Unit............................................................................................. 3.12 7
UT-7241 MAIN BD.......................................................................................................... 3.13
UT-7244 ANALOG BD.................................................................................................... 3.14
UT-7243 DRIVER BD...................................................................................................... 3.15
UT-7242 POWER BD...................................................................................................... 3.16
UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD....................................................................................... 3.17
UT-7246 LCD BD............................................................................................................ 3.18
UT-7247 KEY BD and UT-7248 PRINTER KEY BD........................................................ 3.19
UT-7234 SAMPLER JUNCTION BD............................................................................... 3.20
UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD.................................................................................. 3.20
UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD............................................................................................. 3.21
UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD1............................................................................. 3.22
UT-7239 VALVE CONNECTION BD2............................................................................. 3.23
UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION BD3............................................................................. 3.24
UT-7201 HGB AMP BD................................................................................................... 3.25
UT-7202 HGB LED BD.................................................................................................... 3.25

Section 4 Disassembly and Assembly.................................................. 4.1


Before You Begin............................................................................................................... 4.2
Warnings and Cautions.......................................................................................... 4.2
Required Tools........................................................................................................ 4.2
Caution and Notes Related to Valve Joint, Black Screw and Tube Joint in the
Instrument............................................................................................................... 4.3
Draining the Hematology Analyzer................................................................................... 4.4
Opening the Front Cover................................................................................................... 4.6
Removing the Side Cover................................................................................................. 4.7
Removing the Top Cover................................................................................................... 4.8
Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit....................................................................... 4.9
Removing the Rear Cover.............................................................................................. 4.11
Removing the MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit................................................................ 4.12
Removing the MS-730V Sampler Unit............................................................................ 4.13
Replacing the MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit........................................................................ 4.15
Removing the MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit.................................................................. 4.16
Removing the JQ-731V Valve Unit.................................................................................. 4.17
Removing the JQ-732V Valve Unit.................................................................................. 4.18
Removing the MP-640V Rotary Pump Unit.................................................................... 4.19
Removing the Left CBC Unit................................................................................ 4.20

Service Manual MEK-7300K C.3


CONTENTS

Removing the JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit......................................................................... 4.21


Removing the MP-731V Triple Pump Unit...................................................................... 4.22
Removing the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit..................................................................... 4.24
Removing the MJ-730V Flow Cell Piping Unit................................................................ 4.26
Removing the Power Supply Part................................................................................... 4.28
Removing the UT-7242 POWER BD............................................................................... 4.29
Removing the UT-7244 ANALOG BD............................................................................. 4.30
Removing the UT-7241 MAIN BD................................................................................... 4.31
Replacing the UT-7243 DRIVER Board.......................................................................... 4.32
Removing the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD..................................................................... 4.33
Removing the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD........................................................... 4.34
Removing the UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD................................................................ 4.35
Removing the UT-7250 CONNECTION BD.................................................................... 4.36
Removing the UT-7025 PRINTER DRIVER BD.............................................................. 4.37
Removing the UT-7246 LCD BD..................................................................................... 4.38
Removing the UT-7247 KEY BD..................................................................................... 4.39
Removing the CXA-0454 Inverter................................................................................... 4.40

Section 5 Adjustment............................................................................. 5.1


Adjusting the Units............................................................................................................ 5.2
Adjusting MC-730V Measuring Unit....................................................................... 5.2
Adjusting Upper, Middle and Lower Sensor Output of the Manometer........ 5.4
Setting the Correction Value of the Manometer............................................ 5.6
Adjusting the HGB Sensor Output Voltage................................................... 5.7
Adjusting the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit............................................................... 5.9
Setting the Correction Coefficient of the Dilution Ratio................................ 5.9
Adjusting the JQ-730V Inlet/outlet Unit................................................................. 5.11
Adjusting the Liquid Sensor Voltage........................................................... 5.11
Checking the Voltage of the Pressure Sensor............................................ 5.13
Performing an Optical Adjustment.................................................................................. 5.14
Displaying the Adj. Flowcell window...................................................................... 5.14
Doing Optical Adjustment..................................................................................... 5.15
Doing Optical Adjustment Roughly............................................................. 5.15
Doing Fine Optical Adjustment with MEK-CAL.......................................... 5.16
Checking the Value of the Data List............................................................ 5.20
Checking the Center of the MEK-CAL........................................................ 5.21
Displaying the Data List Window................................................................ 5.21
Deleting Data.............................................................................................. 5.22
Displaying the Optical Adjustment History................................................. 5.22
Deleting Optical Adjustment History........................................................... 5.23
Calibrating the Touch Screen.......................................................................................... 5.24
Changing Sound and LCD Settings................................................................................ 5.25
Board Inside Description................................................................................................. 5.26
UT-7241 MAIN BD................................................................................................ 5.26
UT-7244 ANALOG BD.......................................................................................... 5.41
UT-7243 DRIVER BD............................................................................................ 5.46
UT-7242 POWER BD............................................................................................ 5.48
UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD............................................................................. 5.50
UT-7246 LCD BD.................................................................................................. 5.51

C.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


CONTENTS

Section 6 Maintenance........................................................................... 6.1 1


To be Replaced Periodically.............................................................................................. 6.2
Periodic Maintenance Check Procedure........................................................................... 6.3 2
Preparation............................................................................................................. 6.3
Appearance............................................................................................................ 6.3
3
Safety...................................................................................................................... 6.3
4
Reagents................................................................................................................ 6.4
Cleaning/Replacing................................................................................................ 6.4
5
Sensor Monitor Screen........................................................................................... 6.5
Circuit Check Screen.............................................................................................. 6.5 6
Background noise................................................................................................... 6.6
Measuring the Polymer Microsphere Suspensions................................................ 6.6 7
Measuring the MEK-5DN Hematology Control....................................................... 6.6
Current Calibration Coefficients.............................................................................. 6.7
New Calibration Coefficients................................................................................... 6.7
Software Version..................................................................................................... 6.7
Checking the Operations........................................................................................ 6.7
Built-in Printer Unit Operation (When the printer is installed)................................. 6.8
External Printer Unit Operation (When the external printer is connected).............. 6.8
Bar Code Reader Operation (When the bar code reader is installed).................... 6.8
Others..................................................................................................................... 6.8
Displaying User Maintenance Screen............................................................................... 6.9
General................................................................................................................... 6.9
Displaying the User Maintenance Screen............................................................... 6.9
Replacing Filters............................................................................................................. 6.11
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.11
Procedure............................................................................................................. 6.11
Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray.......................... 6.14
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.14
Procedure............................................................................................................. 6.14
Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling Nozzles, Cap Pierce
Nozzle and Sample Cup................................................................................................. 6.18
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.18
Procedure............................................................................................................. 6.18
Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Sampling Nozzles............................................. 6.23
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.23
Procedure............................................................................................................. 6.23
Replacing Pump Tube..................................................................................................... 6.27
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.27
Procedure............................................................................................................. 6.27
Removing a Clog from the Aperture............................................................................... 6.31
Cleaning Aperture Caps................................................................................................. 6.33
Materials Required............................................................................................... 6.33
Procedures........................................................................................................... 6.33
Calibrating the Touch Screen.......................................................................................... 6.38
Maintenance Check Sheet.................................................................................... 6.39

Service Manual MEK-7300K C.5


CONTENTS

Section 7 Service Screen....................................................................... 7.1


General............................................................................................................................. 7.2
Displaying the Service Screen.......................................................................................... 7.3
Sensor Monitor Screen..................................................................................................... 7.5
DP Calibration........................................................................................................ 7.5
MV Check Screen............................................................................................................. 7.6
Unit Check Screen............................................................................................................ 7.9
MC Unit Noise Check screen.................................................................................. 7.9
MP-730V (Diluter) Check Screen......................................................................... 7.10
MP-730V (Sheath) Check Screen........................................................................ 7.10
MP-731V (Lyse Pump) Check Screen.................................................................. 7.11
Sample Pump (MP-731V) Check Screen ............................................................ 7.11
Sub Bath Check Screen....................................................................................... 7.12
Sampler (MS-730V) Check screen....................................................................... 7.12
Cap Pierce (MS-731V) Check Screen.................................................................. 7.13
Continuous Measurement Screen.................................................................................. 7.14
SD Card Screen.............................................................................................................. 7.15
Printer Settings Screen................................................................................................... 7.16
Morpho. Flag Settings Screen........................................................................................ 7.17
Language Settings Screen............................................................................................. 7.19
Display Settings Screen.................................................................................................. 7.20
Advanced Settings Screen.............................................................................................. 7.21
Sens/Threshold Screen.................................................................................................. 7.23
Instrument Settings Screen............................................................................................ 7.25
Serial Number Setting Screen........................................................................................ 7.26
XD-CV Screen................................................................................................................ 7.27
X10-CV Screen............................................................................................................... 7.28
X31-CV Screen............................................................................................................... 7.29
Calibration Limit Setting.................................................................................................. 7.30
Unit Correction Coefficient Screen................................................................................. 7.31
Initial Menu Screen......................................................................................................... 7.32
Dummy Data Screen...................................................................................................... 7.33
Serial Setting Screen...................................................................................................... 7.34

C.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


EMC RELATED CAUTION
This equipment and/or system complies with the International Standard EN 61326-2-6 for electromagnetic
compatibility for electrical equipment and/or system for measurement, control and laboratory use. However,
an electromagnetic environment that exceeds the limits or levels stipulated in the EN 61326-2-6, can
cause harmful interference to the equipment and/or system or cause the equipment and/or system to fail
to perform its intended function or degrade its intended performance. Therefore, during the operation of the
equipment and/or system, if there is any undesired deviation from its intended operational performance,
you must avoid, identify and resolve the adverse electromagnetic effect before continuing to use the
equipment and/or system.

The following describes some common interference sources and remedial actions:

1. Strong electromagnetic interference from a nearby emitter source such as an authorized radio station
or cellular phone:
Install the equipment and/or system at another location if it is interfered with by an emitter source
such as an authorized radio station. Keep the emitter source such as cellular phone away from the
equipment and/or system.

2. Radio-frequency interference from other equipment through the AC power supply of the equipment and/
or system:
Identify the cause of this interference and if possible remove this interference source. If this is not
possible, use a different power supply.

3. Effect of direct or indirect electrostatic discharge:


Make sure all users and patients in contact with the equipment and/or system are free from direct or
indirect electrostatic energy before using it. A humid room can help lessen this problem.

4. Electromagnetic interference with any radio wave receiver such as radio or television:
If the equipment and/or system interferes with any radio wave receiver, locate the equipment and/or
system as far as possible from the radio wave receiver.

If the above suggested remedial actions do not solve the problem, consult your Nihon Kohden
representative for additional suggestions.

This equipment complies with International Standard EN 55011: 2007 Group 1, Class B. Class B EQUIPMENT is
equipment suitable for use in domestic establishments and in establishments directly connected to a low voltage
power supply network which supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.

The CE mark is a protected conformity mark of the European Community. Products with the CE mark comply
with the requirements of the Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.

NOTE about Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive 2002/96/EC
For the member states of the European Union only:
The purpose of WEEE directive 2002/96/EC is, as a first priority, the prevention of waste electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE), and in addition, the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery of such
wastes so as to reduce the disposal of waste.
Contact your Nihon Kohden representative for disposal.

Service Manual MEK-7300K i


Conventions Used in this Manual and Instrument

Warnings, Cautions and Notes


Warnings, cautions and notes are used in this manual to alert or signal the reader to specific information.

WARNING
A warning alerts the user to the possible injury or death associated with the use or misuse of the instrument.

CAUTION
A caution alerts the user to possible injury or problems with the instrument associated with its use or
misuse such as instrument malfunction, instrument failure, damage to the instrument, or damage to other
property.

NOTE
A note provides specific information, in the form of recommendations, prerequirements, alternative methods or
supplemental information.

Text Conventions in this Manual


Names of hard keys on the bedside monitor are enclosed in square brackets: [Power]

ii Service Manual MEK-7300K


Section 1 General 1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................................... 1.2
Service Policy....................................................................................................................................................... 1.3
Specifications....................................................................................................................................................... 1.4
Measured Parameters, Ranges and Reproducibility to Specimen................................................... 1.4
Detection Method............................................................................................................................. 1.4
Standardization Analysis Method..................................................................................................... 1.5
Dilution Ratio.................................................................................................................................... 1.5
Counting Time.................................................................................................................................. 1.5
Display............................................................................................................................................. 1.5
Data Storage.................................................................................................................................... 1.5
Environmental Conditions................................................................................................................ 1.5
Power Requirements........................................................................................................................ 1.6
Dimensions and Weight................................................................................................................... 1.6
Electromagnetic Compatibility.......................................................................................................... 1.6
Safety............................................................................................................................................... 1.6
Bar Code Specifications................................................................................................................... 1.7
Panel Description................................................................................................................................................. 1.8
Front Panel................................................................................................................................................. 1.8
Right Side Panel......................................................................................................................................... 1.9
Left Side Panel......................................................................................................................................... 1.10
Top Panel................................................................................................................................................. 1.10
Rear Panel............................................................................................................................................... 1.11
Caution Labels on the Analyzer.......................................................................................................................... 1.12
Composition........................................................................................................................................................ 1.14
Standard Composition.............................................................................................................................. 1.14

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.1


1. GENERAL

Introduction

CAUTION
To maintain the instrument in normal condition, the user must
perform the periodic maintenance. Refer to “Maintenance” of the
operator’s manual.

This service manual provides useful information to qualified service personnel


to understand, troubleshoot, service, maintain and repair the MEK-7300K
Hematology Analyzer (referred to as “the instrument” in this service manual).

The maintenance must be periodically performed because the instrument


has fluid paths and precision parts. Accordingly, the user is responsible for
performing the periodic maintenance. The “Maintenance” section in this service
manual describes the maintenance that should be performed by qualified service
personnel. The “Maintenance” section in the operator’s manual describes the
maintenance that can be performed by the user.

NOTE
If the instrument has a problem and there has been no periodic
maintenance, the instrument will usually be normal again by cleaning the
fluid paths or replacing a consumable with a new one.

The information in the operator’s manual is primarily for the user. However, it
is important for service personnel to thoroughly read the operator’s manual and
service manual before starting to troubleshoot, service, maintain or repair this
instrument. This is because service personnel needs to understand the operation
of the instrument in order to effectively use the information in the service
manual.

1.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

1
Service Policy

CAUTION CAUTION
Be careful not to directly touch any place where Wear rubber gloves to protect yourself from
blood is or may spread to. infection before doing maintenance.

Nihon Kohden Corporation’s basic policy for technical service is to replace


faulty units, printed circuit boards or parts. We do not support component-level
repair of boards and units outside the factory.

NOTE
• When ordering parts or accessories from your nearest Nihon Kohden
Corporation’s representative, please quote the NK code number and
part name which is listed in this service manual, and the name or model
of the unit in which the required part is located. This will help us to
promptly attend to your needs.
• Always use parts and accessories recommended or supplied by Nihon
Kohden Corporation to assure maximum performance from your
instrument.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.3


1. GENERAL

Specifications

Measured Parameters, Ranges and Reproducibility to Specimen


Specifications except WBC population were determined using hematology control blood (MEK-5DN), counted 10 times
consecutively.

Reproducibility to Specimen
Measured Parameters Measuring Range
(CV: Coefficient of Variation)
WBC: White blood cell count 0 to 299 × 103/µL within 2.0%CV
NE%: Neutrophil percent 0 to 99.9% within 5.0%CV
LY%: Lymphocyte percent 0 to 99.9% within 5.0%CV
MO%: Monocyte percent 0 to 99.9% within 12.0%CV
EO%: Eosinophil percent 0 to 99.9% within 20.0%CV
within CV30.0% (>2%) or average value ±1% (0
BA%: Basophil percent 0 to 99.9%
to 2%)
NE: Neutrophil count 0 to 299 × 103/µL
LY: Lymphocyte count 0 to 299 × 103/µL
MO: Monocyte count 0 to 299 × 103/µL —
EO: Eosinophil count 0 to 299 × 103/µL
BA: Basophil count 0 to 299 × 103/µL
RBC: Red blood cell count 0 to 14.9 × 106/µL within 1.5%CV
HGB: Hemoglobin concentration 0 to 29.9 g/dL within 1.5%CV
HCT: Hematocrit 0 to 99.9% —
MCV: Mean cell volume 20 to 199 fL within 1.0%CV
MCH: Mean cell hemoglobin 10 to 50 pg
MCHC: Mean cell hemoglobin concentration 10 to 50 g/dL —
RDW: Red blood cell distribution width 0 to 50%
PLT: Platelet count 0 to 1490 × 103/µL within 4.0%CV
PCT: Platelet crit 0 to 2.9%
MPV: Mean platelet volume 0 to 20.0 fL —
PDW: Platelet distribution width 0 to 50%

Detection Method
Blood cell count: Electrical resistance detection
Hemoglobin: Surfactant method (colorimetric method)
Hematocrit: Histogram calculation
WBC population: Light scatter by laser
Platelet crit: Histogram calculation
RBC distribution width: Histogram calculation
Platelet distribution width: Histogram calculation

1.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

Standardization Analysis Method 1


WBC: ICSH1988 ICSH: The assignment of values to fresh blood used for calibrating automated blood cell counters.
Clin Lab Haematol, 10:203-212, 1988
RBC: ICSH1988 ICSH: The assignment of values to fresh blood used for calibrating automated blood cell counters.
Clin Lab Haematol, 10:203-212, 1988
HGB: NCCLS H15-A2 H15-A2: Reference and Selected Procedures for the Quantitative Determination of
Hemoglobin in Blood Second Edition; Approved Standard (1994)
HCT: NCCLS H7-A2 H7-A2: Procedure for Determining Packed Cell Volume by the Microhematocrit
Method Second Edition; Approved Standard (1993)
PLT: Brecher & Cronkite Method: Morphology and enumeration of human blood platelets, J Appl Physiol 3 365 (Dec)
1950; Brecher G, Cronkite EP

Dilution Ratio
• Venous blood
Sample volume: 55 μL (for 23 parameters)/30 μL (for WBC, RBC, HGB, HCT, MCV, MCH, MCHC, and PLT)
WBC/HGB: 200:1
RBC/PLT: 40,000:1
• Pre-dilution blood
Sample volume: 10 μL 20 μL
WBC/HGB: 1200:1 600:1
RBC/PLT: 240,000:1 120,000:1

Counting Time
Open mode: 63 s/sample (from measurement start to data display)
Closed mode: 75 s/sample (from measurement start to data display)

Display
Display: 10.4 inch, LCD with backlight and touch screen keys
Resolution: 800 × 600 dots
Screen size: approx. 211.2 × 158.4 mm
Display contents: Numerical data, scattergrams, histograms, measuring conditions, alarm message and other messages,
touch screen keys

Data Storage
Numerical data for all counted parameters for up to 400 samples and histograms and scattergrams for up to 50 samples

Environmental Conditions
Storage temperature: –20 to +60ºC (–4 to +140°F)
Operating temperature: 15 to 30ºC (59 to 86°F)
Storage humidity: 10 to 95%
Operating humidity: 30 to 85% (noncondensing)
Storage atmospheric pressure: 70 to 106 kPa
Operating atmospheric pressure: 70 to 106 kPa
Operating altitude: less than 3000 m

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.5


1. GENERAL

Power Requirements
Power requirements: 110 to 240 V ± 10% AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 250 VA

Dimensions and Weight


Dimensions: 382 W × 465 D × 532 H (mm)
Net weight: approx. 35 kg

Electromagnetic Compatibility
IEC 61326-1: 2005
IEC 61326-2-6: 2005
EN 61326-1: 2006
EN 61326-2-6: 2006

CISPR11: Edition 4: 2003, Group 1, Class B


EN 55011: 2007, Group 1, Class B

The power supply short interruption test is performed through a transformer which has at least three times the power
capacity of the instrument.

Safety
Safety standards: IEC 61010-1 2nd Edition: 2001
EN 61010-1 2nd Edition: 2001
CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 61010-1 2nd Edition: 2004
UL 61010-1 2nd Edition: 2004
IEC 61010-2-081: 2001
IEC 61010-2-101: 2002
CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 61010-1-04 + No. 61010-2-101-04
EN 61010-2-101: 2002

Laser: IEC 60825-1: 1993 Amendment 1: 1997, Class 1
EN 60825-1: 1994 Amendment 11: 1996
Type of protection against electrical shock: CLASS I EQUIPMENT
Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: IPX0 (non-protected)
Degree of safety of application in the presence of a FLAMMABLE ANAESTHETIC MIXTURE WITH AIR, OR WITH
OXYGEN OR NITROUS OXIDE: EQUIPMENT not suitable for use in the presence of FLAMMABLE ANAESTHETIC
MIXTURE WITH AIR, OR WITH OXYGEN OR NITROUS OXIDE
Mode of operation: CONTINUOUS OPERATION
EQUIPMENT types (classification): Indoor stationary EQUIPMENT
Pollution Degree: 2 EQUIPMENT

Requirements for marking of IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC instruments: EN1658: 1996

1.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

Bar Code Specifications 1


Bar Code Format
The following formats with or without check digits are acceptable:
• Industrial 2 of 5
• ITF
• JAN/EAN/UPC
• NW-7
• CODE 39
• CODE 93
• CODE 128

Bar Code Label Specifications


Refer to Appendix B for complete information on bar code label formats, check digits and specifications.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.7


1. GENERAL

Panel Description

Front Panel

9
1
2 10

3 11
6
7
13
5
4 14
12
15
16

No. Name Description


1 Main power lamp Lights when the [Main power] switch on the rear panel is turned on.
Lights when the [Main power] switch on the rear panel and [Power] key on the front panel
2 Power lamp
are turned on.
Turns the analyzer power on or off when the [Main power] switch on the rear panel is turned
3 Power key on. When the power is turned on, priming and self-check are automatically performed and
the Ready screen appears.
4 Auto print key Switches the printing mode between automatic and manual for the printer.
5 Feed key Feeds paper of the printer while held down.
6 Print key Prints displayed data on the printer.
7 Auto print mode lamp Lights when automatic printing mode is selected.
8 LCD display Displays various messages, measured data and touch screen keys.
Stops operation when pressed during operation. Returns to the Ready screen when pressed
9 Reset key
while changing settings. Use this key only when an error occurs.
Cleans the fluid path, aperture and manometer with detergent. Automatically primes after
10 Clean key cleaning the fluid path. Press this key when clogging occurs, the manometer becomes dirty
or bubbles occur in the manometer.
11 Eject key For closed mode only. Opens the tube holder to set the sample tube.
For closed mode only. Holds a sealed vacuum blood collecting tube. Press the [Eject] key to
12 Tube holder
open. After measurement, the holder automatically opens.
For open mode only. Aspirates the sample. Dispenses the diluent when in the pre-dilution
13 Sampling nozzle
blood mode.
14 Count switch For open mode only. Aspirates the sample and starts counting.
Printer unit
15 Thermal array printer. Prints out measured data and sample ID no. (optional)
(WA-730VK)
For the recording paper of the WA-730VK printer unit. To open, pull the upper left corner
16 Printer door
(optional).

1.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

Right Side Panel 1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

No. Name Description


Turns the laser on or off with the laser key for WBC 5 part
1 Laser switch
differential measurement.
ISO3
2 Inlet for the ISOTONAC•3 diluent.
Diluent inlet
CLN
3 Inlet for the CLEANAC detergent.
Detergent inlet
CLN3
4 Inlet for the CLEANAC•3 detergent.
Detergent inlet
HEMO3N
5 Inlet for the Hemolynac•3N lysing reagent.
Lysing reagent inlet
HEMO5
6 Inlet for the Hemolynac•5 lysing reagent.
Lysing reagent inlet
WASTE Outlet for waste such as used lyse, detergent and aspirated
7
Waste outlet samples.
Vent hole for the fan.
NOTE
8 Vent hole for fan
Do not block the hole. It affects the measurement
capability.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.9


1. GENERAL

Left Side Panel

No. Name Description


1 SD card slot Insert an SD memory card.

Top Panel

No. Name Description


1 Flow cell cover For adjusting the flow cell position.

1.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

Rear Panel 1

4 6
7
1
8
2
9
3

No. Name Description


Supplies the power to the analyzer when it is turned on. Under
1 Main power switch
normal conditions keep this switch turned on.
Contains the time lag fuse. To replace the fuse, contact your Nihon
2 Fuse holder
Kohden representative.
3 Power socket Connects the AC power cord to supply AC power to the analyzer.
Equipotential ground Connects the ground lead to the equipotential ground terminal on
4
terminal the wall for earth grounding.
5 USB socket Connects the barcode reader (equivalent of Keyence BL-N60UB).
Connects to the optional ZK-820V hand-held bar code reader.
ZK-820V Supplies the power to the bar code reader when connected.
6
Bar code reader socket Power supply voltage: 5 V DC (pin 9: 5 V, pin 5: GND)
Rated current: 200 mA
7 Serial port 1 Connects to the optional WA-460V/461V card printer or PC.
8 Serial port 2 Connects to the optional WA-460V/461V card printer or PC.
9 Serial port 3 Connects to the optional WA-460V/461V card printer or PC.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.11


1. GENERAL

Caution Labels on the Analyzer

Refer to “Connecting Tubes” in Section 2 of


the operator’s manual.

Refer to warnings and cautions in


“Connecting the Power Cord and
Grounding the Analyzer” in Section 2 of
the operator’s manual.

1.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

NOTE
• Replace the filters periodically.
• When attaching the filter joint assembly, be careful
not to bend or damage the filter packing at the
bottom of the measurement bath.
• When there is a leakage, check that there is no
scratch or damage to the circumference of the filter.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.13


1. GENERAL

Composition

Standard Composition

MEK-7300K UT-7241 MAIN BD

UT-7242 POWER BD

UT-7243 DRIVER BD

UT-7244 ANALOG BD

UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD1

UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION BD3

MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit

UT-7201 HGB AMP BD

UT-7202 HGB LED BD

UT-7249 MEASURING BD (RBC)

UT-7249 MEASURING BD (WBC)

UT-7250 CONNECTION BD

XP-602V 2-way Valve (× 2)

XP-612V 2-way Valve (× 7)

MJ-730V Flowcyto Piping Unit

XP-513V 3-way Valve

XP-612V 2-way Valve (× 21)

1.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


1. GENERAL

1
MO-820V2 LASER OPTICAL UNIT

MF-820V2 FLOWCELL UNIT

UT-7172 MO PREAMP BD

UT-7173 MO FS PREAMP BD

UT-7174 MO FL PREAMP BD

UT-7175 MO SD PREAMP BD

UT-7176 MO LD DRIVER BD

MP-640V Pump Unit

MP-640V Pump Unit

MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit

UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD

XP-513V 3-way Valve

MP-731V Triple Pump Unit

UT-7239 VALVE CONNECTION BD2

XP-503V 3-way Valve (× 2)

MS-730V Sampler Unit

UT-7234 SAMPLER JUNCTION BD

UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD

MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit

JQ-730V Inlet/outlet Unit

UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD

XP-612V 2-way Valve (× 4)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 1.15


1. GENERAL

JQ-731V Valve Unit

XP-612V 2-way Valve

JQ-732V Valve Unit

XP-612V 2-way Valve (× 2)

PV-730VK Front Panel Unit

UT-7246 LCD BD

UT-7247 KEY BD

UT-7248 PRINT KEY BD

WA-730VK Printer Unit

UT-7205 PRINTER DRIVER BD

1.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


Section 2 Troubleshooting and Error
2
Code
Check Flowchart................................................................................................................................................... 2.3
Checking the Measurement Environment and Sample Handling............................................................... 2.4
Measurement Environment.............................................................................................................. 2.4
Notes for Sample Handling.............................................................................................................. 2.4
Notes for Preparing Pre-dilution Samples........................................................................................ 2.5
Special Samples.............................................................................................................................. 2.5
Leak...................................................................................................................................................................... 2.6
Error Codes.......................................................................................................................................................... 2.8
E001: Blood Pump Initial Error................................................................................................................... 2.8
E061: Iso Pump Initial Error........................................................................................................................ 2.9
E062: Iso Pump Movement Error............................................................................................................. 2.10
E021: Sample Initial Error......................................................................................................................... 2.12
E022: Vertical Sampler Movement Error.................................................................................................. 2.13
E023: Horizontal Sampler Movement Error.............................................................................................. 2.14
E041: WBC Subbus Initial Error............................................................................................................... 2.15
E051: RBC Subbus Initial Error................................................................................................................ 2.16
E071: Sample Pump Initial Error.............................................................................................................. 2.17
E072: Sample Pump Movement Error...................................................................................................... 2.18
E081: Lyse Pump Initial Error................................................................................................................... 2.19
E082: Lyse Pump Movement Error........................................................................................................... 2.20
E101: Right Rotary Pump Initial Error...................................................................................................... 2.20
E102: Left Rotary Pump Initial Error......................................................................................................... 2.21
E141: Cap Pierce Initial Error................................................................................................................... 2.21
E142: Cap Pierce Movement Error........................................................................................................... 2.22
E145: Tube Holder Movement Error......................................................................................................... 2.23
Fault Diagnosis from Alarm................................................................................................................................ 2.24
Alarm........................................................................................................................................................ 2.24
Alarms to the Right of the Value..................................................................................................... 2.25
No Reagent Alarms........................................................................................................................ 2.30
Manometer Alarms......................................................................................................................... 2.35
CBC Measurement Alarms............................................................................................................ 2.36
HGB Measurement Alarms............................................................................................................ 2.49
WBC 5 Part Differential Alarms...................................................................................................... 2.51
Particle CV Check.............................................................................................................................................. 2.54
Measuring the Particle Distribution Width................................................................................................ 2.54
Measuring Particles....................................................................................................................... 2.54
Poor Particle Reproducibility.................................................................................................................... 2.55
Adjusting the Flowcell Position................................................................................................................. 2.58
Countermeasure against the Trouble at the Particle Measurement (Backwash)...................................... 2.60
Background Check............................................................................................................................................. 2.62
Reproducibility Check......................................................................................................................................... 2.65
Reading Data........................................................................................................................................... 2.65
Checking the Reproducibility.................................................................................................................... 2.66

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.1


Reproducibility Failure.............................................................................................................................. 2.67
When the WBC Data is Abnormal.................................................................................................. 2.67
When the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Data is Abnormal................................................................ 2.68
When the HGB Data is Abnormal.................................................................................................. 2.70
When the RBC Data is Abnormal.................................................................................................. 2.71
When the PLT Data is Abnormal.................................................................................................... 2.72
When the HCT and MCV Data is Abnormal................................................................................... 2.73
Checking the Accuracy....................................................................................................................................... 2.75
Checking the Scattergram with Fresh Blood...................................................................................................... 2.76
When CBC Flags Appear Frequently....................................................................................................... 2.76
When WBC 5 Part Differentiation Flags Appear Frequently..................................................................... 2.76
Rough Optical Adjustment Trouble................................................................................................. 2.77
Fine Optical Adjustment Trouble.................................................................................................... 2.77
When Increasing or Decreasing Flags of the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Appear Frequently........ 2.78
When Abnormal Cell Flags of the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Appear Frequently......................... 2.78

2.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Check Flowchart
2

When trouble occurs, check the following first.


i) There is no leak, abnormal noise, unusual smell and smoke.
ii) There is no system error.
iii) There is no alarm.

When a measurement data is not correct, check the following.


iv) Measure particles and check the irradiation position of the laser.
v) Measure background noise and check if the value is acceptable.
vi) The assay value is within the range.
vii) The reproducibility of 10 times (CV%) is within the standard.

Check measurement environment Check measurement environment and sample


• Reagent NO handling
• Temperature
• Sample

YES

Check alarm at power on Check unit failure from alarms


• No diluent NO
• No detergent
• No lysing reagent
• Initial error
• Prime error

YES

Measure particles • Check particle CV


• CV values of TOC, FS and FL are within the NO • Adjust flow cell position
standard (FS≤7%, FL≤7%)

YES

Measure background noise • Check background noise


• Data is within the standard • Background error
NO
• No alarm occurs • Check the damaged unit from alarm and error

YES

Measure MEK-5D hematology control • Check the damaged unit from alarm and error
• No alarm occurs • Check accuracy
• Reproducibility is fine NO
• PLT
• HGB
• Parameters related to WBC and PLT
• HGT and MCV
• Data is correct (within the assay value limits)

YES

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.3


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Measure MEK-5D hematology control • Poor reproducibility


• Classification reproducibility is fine • Check the scattergram
NO
• Scattergram is normal

YES

Measure human blood Check the scattergram


• Scattergram is normal NO
• No flag occurs

YES

Finish

Checking the Measurement Environment and Sample Handling


Measurement Environment
The samples must be measured in the operating environment. Especially
if the lysing reagent and diluent is low temperature, it affects hemoglobin
concentration, WBC and WBC differentiation so that a poor hemolyzation flag
and sample error alarm may occur.

Operating environment
Temperature: 15 to 30ºC (59 to 86°F)
Humidity: 30 to 85%
Atmospheric pressure: 70 to 106 kPa

Even when the room temperature is within the above range in the winter, the
diluent temperature may be low because the diluent gets cold at night. To
eliminate cold temperature from the floor, put an insulator such as polystyrene
foam under the diluent or use a pet heater. The diluent temperature must be
managed carefully.

Notes for Sample Handling


i) If the sample is stored in a refrigerator or 12 hours pass after collection, it
may affect WBC differentiation.
ii) Some samples may have poor hemolyzation when measured within 30
minutes after collection. In this case, measure the sample after 30 minutes.
iii) When measuring blood hours after collection, agitate the sample before
measurement.
iv) Too much agitation causes hemolyzation.
v) Do not measure aggregated or coagulated samples. This may damage the
analyzer.
vi) When the blood is stored in the refrigerator for more than 24 hours,
return it to room temperature and agitate it thoroughly. In this case, WBC
differentiation is not available.

2.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Notes for Preparing Pre-dilution Samples


Data errors in pre-dilution measurement are mostly caused by the collection of
blood and pre-dilution operation. Check the following points to prepare the pre- 2
dilution samples. In most cases, pre-dilution samples cannot be remeasured. Do
the pre-dilution operation correctly.

About 1 ml of pre-diluted sample is aspirated from the sampling nozzle in


pre-dilution mode. If venous blood is aspirated by mistake, non-diluted blood
flows into the flow path and causes analyzer failure such as clogging or high
background.

Special Samples
Be careful about “Interference Substances” as described in Section 5 of the
operator’s manual. They may affect the measurement value.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.5


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Leak

First, you must find the leak. Find the leak from the flow or crystals of liquid.
Leak may occur in the following places except for the valve itself and connection
joint.
i) Waste tube
ii) WBC measurement bath
iii) RBC measurement bath
iv) Rinse chassis for open mode
v) Rinse chassis for closed mode

i) Waste tube
• When the leak occurs from the waste tube or waste port, a clog may occur
between the waste container and tube. If the analyzer is used continuously,
waste leaks continuously and infection may occur. Remove the cause.
• Check that the tube is not removed, bent or pressed under the analyzer.

ii) When the leak occurs in the WBC


measurement bath, check the following.
• No clog form crystals or blood clot.
• The filter of the air trap which is
connected to the WBC measurement bath
is not clogged.
• The filter packing of the air trap is not
deteriorated.
• The drain tube is not pressed or bent.
Filter • The left MP-640V rotary pump rotates
correctly.
• The 2-way valves 1 to 4 of the JQ-731V
valve unit operate correctly (check on the
Filter
maintenance screen).

iii) When the leak occurs in the RBC


measurement bath, check the following.
Case • No clog form crystals or blood clot.
• The filter packing of the RBC
measurement bath is not deteriorated.
• The drain tube is not pressed or bent.
• The left MP-640V rotary pump rotates
correctly.

2.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• The 2-way valves 1 to 4 of the JQ-731V valve unit operate correctly


(check on the maintenance screen).
2

Filter

Filter

Case

iv) When the leak occurs from the rinse chassis for open mode, check the
following.
• The drain tube is not pressed or bent.
• The O-ring of the rinse chassis is not deteriorated.
• The right MP-640V rotary pump rotates normally.
• The 2-way valves 22, 23, 24 of the JQ-730V inlet/outlet unit operate
normally (check on the maintenance screen).

v) When the leak occurs from the rinse chassis for closed mode, check the
following.
• The drain tube is not pressed or bent.
• The right MP-640V rotary pump rotates normally.
• The 2-way valves 22, 23 and 24 of the JQ-730V inlet/outlet unit operate
normally (check on the maintenance screen).
• The 2-way valves 5 and 6 of the JQ-732V valve unit operate normally
(check on the maintenance screen).

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.7


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Error Codes

If there are problems on the analyzer and correct measurement cannot be


performed, the analyzer displays a system error on the screen and stops
operation. When the Reset key is pressed, the analyzer restarts. If a serious
problem such as bent sampling nozzle occurs, restart may cause secondary
problems such as overflow of the reagents. Check the error code at the system
error, condition of the sensor, unit, nozzle, sampling nozzle and measurement
and sub bath by opening the front panel. Then perform troubleshooting.

Following is a list of the error codes and the probable trouble spot.

E001: Blood Pump Initial Error E082: Lyse Pump Movement Error
E003: Blood Pump Movement Error E101: Right Rotary Pump Initial Error
E021: Sampler Initial Error E102: Left Rotary Pump Initial Error
E022: Vertical Sampler Movement Error E122: Check Settings
E023: Horizontal Sampler Movement Error E124: CBC Circuit Error
E041: WBC Subbus Initial Error E125: 5Diff Circuit Error
E042: WBC Subbus Movement Error E127: Watch Dog Timer Error
E051: RBC Subbus Initial Error E128: Mix Chamber Warmer Control Error
E052: RBC Subbus Movement Error E131: Sheath High Pressure Error
E061: Iso Pump Initial Error E132: Sheath Pressure Sensor Error
E062: Iso Pump Movement Error E141: Cap Pierce Initial Error
E071: Sample Pump Initial Error E142: Cap Pierce Movement Error
E072: Sample Pump Movement Error E145: Tube Holder Movement Error
E081: Lyse Pump Initial Error

E001: Blood Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The diluter syringe of the MP-730V mixed pump unit is initialized at power on
and operation starts but the move to the default position is not detected.

Detection sensor
Upper position sensor (U014) of the MIXED PUMP BD (UT-7200) on the MP-
730V

Detection method
The sensor board is not detected 15 seconds after moving the motor of the MP-
730V upward.

The MP-730V has two cylinders (diluter and sheath pump) and they operate
separately. The upper position of the diluter cylinder is detected by the sensor
board which moves with the motor. When it reaches the slit part, it cuts the
sensor light. The moving distance of the diluter cylinder is detected by the sensor
disk as it passes the slit of the encoder sensor.

2.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE
Stepping motor

SteppingUT-7200
motor

Sensor board UT-7200


Encoder sensor
2
Sensor board
Pole screw assy
Encoder sensor
Pole screw assy Upper position sensor
Piston slider
Upper position sensor
位置決め冶具取付位置
Two complete threads Piston slider
Sensor board
位置決め冶
Two complete threads
Sensor board

ENCODE and ORIGIN LEDs light ENCODE LED is off

ENCODE and ORIGIN LEDs light

Cause
位置決め冶具取付位置
i) When the motor does not rotate
位置決め冶具取付位置
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable.
ENCODE and ORIGIN LEDs light ENCODE LED is off
ENCODE and ORIGIN LEDs light
• Sensor signal receive IC failure. → Replace the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP
ENCODE LED is off
BD.

E061: Iso Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The sheath syringe of the mixed pump unit is initialized at power on and
operation starts but the move to the default position is not detected.

Detection sensor
Upper position sensor of the sheath pump
Name: KI1234-AALF photosensor (code no.: 676769A)

Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
3 GND

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.9


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
Detection method 3 GND
The upper position sensor does not detect the sensor board 15 seconds after the
motor of the sheath pump drives to up.

Upper position sensor

Sensor board

Lower position sensor

The MP-730V has two cylinder (diluter and sheath pump) and they operate
separately. The upper position sensor detects the upper drive for initialization of
the sheath pump cylinder. The drive is detected by the sensor board which moves
with the motor reaches the slit of the sensor and cuts the sensor light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check continuity of the
cable.
• Failure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure. → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure. → Replace the UT-72473 DRIVER BD.

E062: Iso Pump Movement Error


Phenomenon
The sheath pump syringe operates but the movement is not detected.

Detection sensor
Sheath pump upper position sensor and lower position sensor
Name: KI1234-AALF photosensor (code no.: 676769A)

2.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Pin position
1 +5V 2
2 Sensor signal
3 GND

Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
Detection method 3 GND
The upper position sensor does not detect the pass of the sensor board even 15
seconds after the motor of the sheath pump operates from the upper position.

Upper position sensor

Upper position sensor


Sensor board

Lower position sensor


Sensor board

Lower position sensor

MP-730V has two cylinders (diluter and sheath pump) and they operate
separately. The upper and lower position sensor detect the up and down drive of
the sheath pump cylinder of the MP-730V. The drive is detected by the sensor
board which moves with the motor. When it reaches the slit of the sensor, it cuts
the sensor light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check continuity of the
cable.
• Failure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check cable continuity.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP
BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.11


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

E021: Sample Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected when the nozzle part of the
sampler unit is initialized at power on and operation starts.

Detection sensor
PD0101 upper position sensor on the SAMPLER SENSOR BD

Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the sensor board 15 seconds after the Y
axis motor drives to upward.

Sensor board

Upper position sensor

Middle
中 position sensor

Encoder
sensor

Lower position sensor

MP-730V moves the sampling nozzle with the two motors (X axis and Y axis). Y
axis position is detected by the sensor board which moves with the motor until it
reaches the slit of the sensor on the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD and cuts
the sensor light. The X axis position is detected by the sensor board which moves
with the motor until it reaches the slit of the sensor on the UT-7235 SAMPLER
SENSOR BD. The light of sensor 1 to 3 passes through the holes on the sensor
board.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check continuity of the
cable. Flexible cable is deteriorated.
• Failure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure. → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect it
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector. Check
continuity of the cable. Replace the cable.

2.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7234 SAMPLER


JUNCTION BD or UT-7243 DRIVER
BD. 2

E022: Vertical Sampler Movement Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected even when the nozzle part of the
sampler unit moves up and down.

Detection sensor
PD0101 upper position sensor, PD0102 middle position sensor and PD0103
lower position sensor on the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD

Detection method
The upper, middle and lower position sensors of the UT-7235 do not detect the
sensor board 15 seconds after the Y axis motor drives. Or the pass of the sensor
board is not detected.

Sensor board

Upper position sensor

Middle
中 position sensor

Encoder
sensor

Lower position sensor

MP-730V moves the sampling nozzle to the default position with the two motors
(X axis and Y axis). The Y axis position is detected by the sensor board which
moves with the motor until it reaches the slit of the sensor on the UT-7235
SAMPLER SENSOR BD and cuts the sensor light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.13


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect it
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7234 SAMPLER
JUNCTION BD or UT-7243
DRIVER BD.

E023: Horizontal Sampler Movement Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected even when the nozzle part of the
sampler unit moves right and left.

Detection sensor
PD0103 to PD0106 position sensor on the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD

Detection method
The sensor of the UT-7235 does not detect the slit on the sensor board 15
seconds after the X axis motor drives or the detected position code is not correct.

Sensor board

Upper position sensor

Middle
中 position sensor

Encoder
sensor

Lower position sensor

MS-730V moves the sampling nozzle to the default position with the two motors
(X axis and Y axis). The X axis position is detected by the sensor board which
moves with the motor until it reaches the slit of the sensor on the UT-7235
SAMPLER SENSOR BD and the light of sensor 1 to 3 passes through the holes
on the sensor board.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check cable continuity.

2.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Filure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.


• Motor failure → Replace the unit.
2
ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect it
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7234 SAMPLER
JUNCTION BD or UT-7243 DRIVER
BD.

The relation of the sampler unit and LED for checking the sensor

Upper position sensor Upper position sensor [PD0101]


check LED
D0103[VUP]
Middle position sensor [P D 010 2]

Upper position sensor


check LED Encoder sensor check LED
D0102[VMID] D0104~D0107
[BIT1~BIT4]

Upper position sensor Nozzle position B IT 4 B IT 3 B IT 2 B IT 1


check LED
D0101[VLOW] Ready ○ ○ ○ ○

5 diff dispense ● ● ○ ○

Cap pierce ● ○ ● ○
Encoder sensor
[P D 0103 to 106 ] RBC aspiration ○ ● ● ○

WBC dispense ● ○ ○ ○

Lower position sensor RBC dispense ○ ● ○ ○


[P D 0107]
●Lights off ○Lights

E041: WBC Subbus Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected even when the WBC sub bath is
initialized at power on or operation starts.

Detection sensor
WBC sub bath sensor
Name: KI1234-AALF photosensor (676769A)

Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
3 GND

Service Manual MEK-7300K Sub bath sensor 2.15


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
Detection method 3 GND
The sub bath sensor does not detect the slit of the sensor board 15 seconds after
the motor drives.

Sub bath sensor

Sensor board

The drive of the sub bath is detected by the each WBC and RBC sub bath sensor.
The drive is detected by the disk slit on the sensor board which moves with the
motor until it reaches the detection part of the sensor and passes the sensor light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check cable continuity.
• Failure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure or the connector is deteriorated. → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure. → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E051: RBC Subbus Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected even when the RBC sub bath is
initialized at power on or operation starts.

Detection sensor
RBC sub bath sensor
Name: KI1234-AALF photosensor (676769A)

2.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Pin position
1 +5V 2
2 Sensor signal
3 GND
Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
3 GND
Detection method
The sub bath sensor does not detect the slit ofSensor
the sensor board 15 seconds after
board
the motor drives.

Sensor board

Sub bath sensor

Sub bath sensor

The drive of the sub bath is detected by the each WBC and RBC sub bath sensor.
The drive is detected by the disk slit on the sensor board which moves with the
motor until it reaches the detection part of the sensor and passes the sensor light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure or the connector is deteriorated. → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E071: Sample Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected even when the sample pump
syringe of the triple pump unit is initialized at power on or operation starts.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.17


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Detection sensor
Upper position sensor of the sample pump
Name: KI1234-AALF photosensor (code no.: 676769A)

Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
3 GND
Pin position
1 +5V
2 Sensor signal
3 GND
Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the sensor board 15 seconds after the
Upper position sensor
motor of the sample pump moves to up.

Upper position sensor

Sensor board

Sensor board
Lower position sensor

Lower position sensor

The upper and lower position sensors detect the sample pump cylinder of the
MP-731V up and down drive (the sensors are different from the sensors of the
lysing reagent cylinder pump). The drive is detected by the sensor board which
moves with the motor until it reaches the slit of the sensor and cuts the sensor
light.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the
connector. Check cable continuity.
• Failure of the drive IC of the motor → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E072: Sample Pump Movement Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected when the sample pump syringe
drives.
2.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K
2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Detection sensor
Sample pump upper and lower position sensor
2
Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the pass of the sensor board 15 seconds
after the motor of the sample pump drives from the upper position. Or the
encoder sensor does not turn on or off for the predetermined number of times.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP
BD.

E081: Lyse Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected when the lysing reagent pump
syringe of the triple pump unit is initialized at power on and operation starts.

Detection sensor
Upper position sensor of the lysing reagent pump

Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the sensor board 15 seconds after the
motor of the lysing reagent pump drives to up.

The motor sensor is common for the two lysing reagent pump syringes.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.19


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.


• Sensor signal receive IC failure. → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E082: Lyse Pump Movement Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected when the lysing reagent pump
syringe operates.

Detection sensor
Lysing reagent pump upper and lower position sensor

Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the pass of the sensor board 15 seconds
after the motor of the lysing reagent pump drives from the upper position. Or the
encoder sensor does not turn on or off for the predetermined number of times.

Cause
i) When the motor does not function
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor functions but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP
BD.

E101: Right Rotary Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The sensor does not detect that the rotary pump unit returns to the default
position when the rotor rotates at power on and operation starts.

Detection sensor
Rotary pump sensor

Detection method
The sensor does not detect the slit of the sensor board even when the motor of
the rotary pump drives.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.

2.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.


Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD. 2
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure. → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E102: Left Rotary Pump Initial Error


Phenomenon
The sensor does not detect that the rotary pump unit returns to the default
position when the rotor rotates at power on and operation starts.

Detection sensor
Rotary pump sensor

Detection method
The sensor does not detect the slit of the sensor board even when the motor of
the rotary pump drives.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or break of the cable → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure or deterioration → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E141: Cap Pierce Initial Error


Phenomenon
The move to the default position is not detected when the cap pierce unit is
initialized at power on and operation starts.

Detection sensor
Upper position sensor

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.21


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Detection method
The upper position sensor does not detect the sensor board 15 seconds after the
motor of the MS-731V drives to upward.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check continuity of the cable. Replace
the cable.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

E142: Cap Pierce Movement Error


Phenomenon
The moves to the default position is not detected when the sampling needle
moves up and down at measurement.

Detection sensor
Upper and lower position sensor

Detection method
• The pass of the sensor board from the lower position sensor is not detected
15 seconds after the motor of the MS-731V drives to upward. Or the upper
position sensor does not detect the sensor board.
• The pass of the sensor board from the upper position sensor is not detected
15 seconds after the motor of the MS-731V drives to downward. Or the lower
position sensor does not detect the sensor board.

Cause
i) When the motor does not rotate
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Drive IC of the motor failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Motor failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the motor rotates but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

2.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

E145: Tube Holder Movement Error


Phenomenon
The tube holder open is not detected when opening the tube holder at pressing
2
the eject button or after measurement.

NOTE
Pressing the eject button when holding the tube holder or the holder is
caught because the front panel is not closed correctly causes an “E145:
TUBE HOLDER OPERATION ERROR” error and the analyzer must be
restarted. Before pressing the eject button, check the holder condition.

Detection sensor
Holder sensor

Detection method
The holder sensor does not detect the pass of the sensor board one second after
driving the solenoid of the MS-731V and opening the holder.

Cause
i) When the holder does not open
• The drive part is caught. → Remove the cause of catch.
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Solenoid drive IC failure → Replace UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• Solenoid failure → Replace the unit.

ii) When the holder opens but the sensor cannot detect
• Poor contact or cable break → Disconnect and connect the connector.
Check cable continuity.
• Sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Sensor signal receive IC failure → Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.23


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Fault Diagnosis from Alarm

Alarm
When a problem which affects the measurement result occurs during
measurement, the analyzer displays alarms on the screen. When the Recovery
button which is displayed with alarms is pressed, the analyzer performs the
optimum operation (such as cleaning or refilling the reagents). Also check the
error code and sensor and unit condition. Open the front panel and check the
condition of nozzle, sampling nozzle, measurement bath and sub bath before
troubleshooting.

There are two types of alarms. One is displayed to the right of the measurement
value and another is displayed as messages. The former alarm indicates that the
result must not be used to the diagnosis because the analyzer has problems or
some phenomenon affects the result even though the sample can be measured.
The later alarm can be classified as no reagent, manometer, CBC measurement,
HGB and flow cell alarms. These alarms indicate that the measurement is not
finished.

Following is the list of error code and the troubled place which is assumed from
the each error code.

Alarms to the right of the value

! (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB voltage rise (voltage adjustment error)
! (to the right of the MCHC measured value) RBC index error (error in preparing the pre-diluted
samples)
! (to the right of the WBC measured value) WBC counting error (poor hemolyzation)
C (to the right of the WBC or PLT measured value) Platelet coagulated
? (to the right of the WBC, RBC or PLT measured value) Abnormal sample (the sample is out of measuring range)
? (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB voltage reduction, WBC measurement bath is dirty
? (to the right of the NE, NE%, LY or LY% measured Room temperature rise
value)
? (to the right of the NE, NE%, LY, LY%, MO, MO%, EO, Optical count error
EO%, BA or BA% measured value)
? (to the right of the NE, NE%, LY, LY%, MO or MO% Room temperature fall
measured value)
* (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB circuit error or interference substances incorporation

No reagent alarms

A001:No isotonac•3!
A005:No cleanac!
A006:No cleanac•3!
A007:No hemolynac•3N!
A008:No hemolynac•5!

2.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Manometer alarms

A009:WBC priming error A073:WBC lower manometer dirty


A010:RBC priming error A074:RBC upper manometer dirty 2
A071:WBC upper manometer dirty A075:RBC middle manometer dirty
A072:WBC middle manometer dirty A076:RBC lower manometer dirty

CBC measurement alarms

A021:WBC fluid level 1 A042:RBC fluid level 2


A022:WBC fluid level 2 A043:RBC fluid level 3
A023:WBC fluid level 3 A044:RBC bubble 1
A024:WBC bubble 1 A045:RBC bubble 2
A025:WBC bubble 2 A046:RBC bubble 3
A026:WBC bubble 3 A047:RBC bubble 4
A027:WBC bubble 4 A049:RBC clogged
A029:WBC clogged A050:RBC sample error
A030:WBC sample error A051:RBC hardware noise
A031:WBC hardware noise A052:PLT software noise
A032:WBC software noise A053:RBC software noise
A041:RBC fluid level 1

HGB alarms

A061:HGB voltage low


A062:HGB voltage high
A063:HGB circuit error
A064:HGB temp low
A065:HGB temp high
A066:LED temp low
A067:LED temp high
A068:HGB initialize error

Flow cell alarms

A081:Laser key off


A082:Optical count error
A091:Room temp high
A092:Room temp low

Alarms to the Right of the Value


! (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB voltage rise
General
! is displayed when the HGB measurement voltage is more than 4.5 V. Normally,
HGB voltage is adjusted to 3.0 V with the WBC bath filled with diluent. The
voltage is highest with the diluent. The cause may be poor adjustment or sensor
failure.

Cause
• Poor adjustment of the HGB sensor voltage → Adjust the HGB sensor (refer
to the unit adjustment)
• Poor cable connection → Check the cable connection and
conduction.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.25


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• HGB sensor failure (UT-7201 failure) → Replace the UT-7201.


• UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure → Replace the UT-7244.

! (to the right of the MCHC measured value) RBC index error
General
The MCHC is calculated by HGB/HCT and indicates the concentration average
of the HGB in the one RBC. Normally MCHC is 33.3. If the MCHC is totally
different from this value, it means that the HGB and HCT ratio of the analyzer
is not correct. If the MCHC is ≤28.0 or ≥38.0, “!” appears to the right of the
MCHC value and an RBC index error appears.

Cause and countermeasure


• The filter under the RBC measurement bath is clogged and RBC bath is diluted
because of poor drainage.
→ Replace the filter and filter packing.
→ Check the piping tube from under the measurement bath.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation on the maintenance screen (refer to the
maintenance screen).
• The filter under the WBC air trap is clogged and the WBC bath is diluted
because of poor drainage.
→ Replace the filter and filter packing. Check the tube.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation on the maintenance screen (refer to the
maintenance screen).
• The HGB is faultily high because the defined amount of lysing reagent does
not enter into the WBC measurement bath.
→ Check the MP-731V operation.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation (refer to the maintenance screen).
→ Check for clog in the tube which delivers diluent to the WBC measurement
bath.
• A lysing reagent other than HEMOLYNAC•3N is connected.
→ Drain the analyzer, replace the lysing reagent with HEMOLYNAC•3N and
clean the analyzer.
• The dilution rate of the diluter is unstable.
→ Check the MP-730V operation.
→ Check that there is no leak in the plumbing between the MP-730V and
sampling nozzle.
→ Replace the diluter block.
• HGB and HCT calibration coefficient is not correct (calibration error).
→ Calibrate the analyzer correctly (refer to calibration section).
• HCT is faultily high because of noise in the RBC measurement.
→ Check the background (refer to background section).

! (to the right of the WBC measured value) Poor hemolyzation


General
WBC is detected by two thresholds.
• Threshold Low: Unhemolysed blood (RBC ghost) RBC count + WBC count
• Threshold High: WBC count

2.26 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

When the difference between the threshold high count and threshold low count
is large, the sample is measured again. If the difference is still large after three
measurements, the poor hemolyzation alarm occurs because many unhemolyzed 2
RBC hemolytic ghosts are detected and they may affect the WBC count.

Cause and countermeasure


• The blood is not hemolyzed enough.
→ Measure the blood in high or pre-dilution mode.
• The lysing reagent does not react enough because the diluter temperature is
low.
→ Measure the sample in the correct operating environment.
• Not enough lysing reagent in the WBC measurement bath.
→ Check the MP-731V operation.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation (refer to the maintenance screen).
→ Check for clog in the tube which delivers lysing reagent to the WBC
measurement bath.
• Noise interferes during WBC measurement.
→ Check the background (refer to the background section).
• The lysing reagent is expired.
→ Replace the reagent with new HEMOLYNAC•3N and refill the reagent.
• A lysing reagent other than HEMOLYNAC•3N is connected.
→ Replace the reagent with HEMOLYNAC•3N and clean the analyzer.

C (to the right of the WBC or PLT measured value) Platelet coagulated
General
The platelets stick together, the apparent number of PLT decreases and
aggregated platelets may be counted as WBC.

Cause and countermeasure


• The blood reacted with EDTA and EDTA spurious platelet aggregation is
caused.
• Heparin was used as an anticoagulant.
→ Use EDTA and collect blood again.
• After blood collection, the blood and anticoagulant are not mixed enough.
→ Collect the blood again and thoroughly mix the blood with anticoagulant.
• Not enough lysing reagent in the WBC measurement bath.
→ Check the MP-731V operation.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation (refer to the maintenance screen).
→ Check for clog in the tube which delivers lysing reagent to the WBC
measurement bath.
• Noise interferes during WBC measurement.
→ Check the background (refer to the background section).
• The lysing reagent is expired.
→ Replace the reagent with new HEMOLYNAC•3N and refill the reagent.
• A lysing reagent other than HEMOLYNAC•3N is connected.
→ Replace the reagent with HEMOLYNAC•3N and clean the analyzer.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.27


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

? (to the right of the WBC, RBC or PLT measured value) abnormal sample
General
This alarm is displayed when the electrode voltage is more than 32.0 V.
Normally the WBC electrode voltage is about 18 V and the RBC electrode
voltage is about 24 V. When the temperature is low, the electrical resistance of
the diluent increases and the electrode voltage rises. If tap water is used instead
of diluent, the tap water does not pass electrical current because tap water does
not contain salt so the electrode voltage is very high.

Cause and countermeasure


• The temperature of the diluent is low (especially in winter, even if the room
is in the operating temperature (15 to 30°C), it takes time for the diluent
temperature to rise)
→ Use the diluent in the specified operation environment.
• Tap water is used instead of diluent.
→ Use specified reagent and clean the analyzer.
• The electrode is detached from the measurement bath.
→ Reattach the electrode.
• Aperture failure
→ Replace the aperture.
• UT-7249 MEASURING BD failure
→ Replace the UT-7249.

? (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB voltage reduction
General
This alarm is displayed when the HGB sensor voltage is less than 1.6 V. The
HGB sensor voltage is adjusted to 3.0 V when the WBC measurement bath is
filled with diluent. When the WBC measurement bath is dirty with blood protein,
the sensor voltage decreases. The reduced sensor voltage affects the HGB
reproducibility.

Cause and countermeasure


• The WBC measurement bath is dirty.
→ Perform strong cleaning.
• Strong cleaning has not performed for a long time.
→ Perform strong cleaning.
• Lysing reagent other than HEMOLYNAC•3N is used.
→ Replace the lysing reagent with HEMOLYNAC•3N and clean the analyzer.
• The LED light is blocked by dirt and crystals in the HGB measurement optical
path.
→ Clean the measurement bath by soaking it in CLEANAC•3.
• The LED light is blocked by the electrode in the HGB measurement optical
path.
→ Do not block the sensor light with the electrode.
• HGB sensor voltage adjustment error
→ Adjust the HGT sensor (refer to unit adjustment).
• HGB LED failure
→ Replace the UT-7202.
• UT-7201 HGB AMP BD and/or UT-7202 HGB LED BD failure
→ Replace the UT-7201 and/or UT-7202.
2.28 Service Manual MEK-7300K
2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

? (to the right of the NE, NE%, LY or LY% measured value) room
temperature rise
General 2
This alarm is displayed when the temperature sensor detects that the room
temperature is higher than the specified operating temperature. If the room
temperature is higher than the operating temperature, the lysing reagent response
changes. This affects WBC 5 part differential measurement especially NE% and
LY% and ? is displayed to the right of the NE%, NE, LY% and LY measurement
value.

Cause and countermeasure


• The room temperature is above the specified operating temperature.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Poor cable connection.
→ Disconnect and reconnect the temperature sensor connector of the UT-7238
VALVE CONNECTION BD 1.
→ Check the cable conduction.
• Temperature sensor failure
→ Replace the temperature sensor.

? (to the right of the WBC 5 part differential value) optical count error
General
This alarm is displayed when there is a big difference between the measurement
result by the WBC electrical resistance method and optical measurement result
by the flow cell.

Cause and countermeasure


• The filter under the sample cup is clogged.
→ Check and replace the filter and filter packing.
• The sample flow in the flow cell is unstable.
→ Clean and back wash the flow cell.
• The optical sensitivity adjustment is incorrect.
→ Measure particle and perform rough optical adjustment.
• The flow cell position is misaligned.
→ Adjust the flow cell position (refer to flow cell adjustment).
• The sample cannot be set to the manifold.
→ Check for clog in the PharMed tube and replace it.
→ Check for leak of the mix chamber and replace it.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation on the maintenance screen (refer to the
maintenance screen).
• There is leak and/or clog in the flow path and liquid transfer is abnormal.
→ Check for leak and 2-way valve operation and replace the valve.
• The sample pump of the MP-731V failure
→ Check the MP-731V operation and replace it.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation on the maintenance screen (refer to the
maintenance screen).
• The sheath pump of the MP-730V failure
→ Check the MP-730V operation and replace it.
→ Check the 2-way valve operation on the maintenance screen (refer to the
maintenance screen).
Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.29
2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Blood with microcytic lymphocytes is measured.


→ This is not a failure. Check the stained sample with a microscope.

? (to the right of the NE, NE%, LY, LY%, MO or MO% measured value) room
temperature fall
General
This alarm is displayed when the temperature sensor detects that the room
temperature is lower than the specified operating temperature. If the room
temperature is lower than the operating environment, the lysing reagent response
changes. This affects WBC 5 part differential measurement especially NE%,
LY% and MO% and ? is displayed to the right of the NE%, NE, LY%, LY, MO%
and MO measurement value.

Cause and countermeasure


• The room temperature is below the specified operating temperature.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Poor cable connection.
→ Disconnect and reconnect the temperature sensor connector of the UT-7238
VALVE CONNECTION BD 1.
→ Check the cable conduction.
• Temperature sensor failure
→ Replace the temperature sensor.

* (to the right of the HGB measured value) HGB circuit error
General
This alarm is displayed when the HGB sensor voltage is 0.5 V or more even
when the LED for the HGB sensor is turned off. When the HGB sensor LED is
turned off, only the dark current flows into the sensor and the current of 0.5 V or
more is not detected.

Cause and countermeasure


• The HGB cover is removed and ambient light enters.
→ Attach the HGB cover.
• Poor cable connection.
→ Disconnect and reconnect the cable. Check the cable conduction.
• The UT-7201 HGB sensor failure.
→ Replace the UT-7201.

No Reagent Alarms
A001:No isotonac•3!
A005:No cleanac!
A006:No cleanac•3!
A007:No hemolynac•3N!
A008:No hemolynac•5!

2.30 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Sensor 2
2

Sensor 1

Sensor 3

Sensor 4

Five types of reagents are connected to the inlet and outlet units. Four optical
sensors judge the reagent connection.
Sensor 1: detergent (CLEANAC, CLEANAC•3) and diluent (ISOTONAC•3)
Sensor 2: diluent (ISOTONAC•3)
Sensor 3: lysing reagent (HEMOLYNAC•3N)
Sensor 4: lysing reagent (HEMOLYNAC•5)

When the sensor voltage is more than 2.5 V, the analyzer judges that the sensor is
in air. When the voltage is less than 2.5 V, the analyzer judges that the sensor is
in liquid. To make a 1.0 V margin, the sensor voltage must be adjusted to judge
that in liquid is 1.5 V or less and not in liquid is 3.5 V or more.

PTr
LED

When filled with liquid

• The liquid sensor detects the liquid level by using the light refraction.
• When there is liquid, the refraction index of the plastic of quantitative part and
the liquid is almost the same. The LED light goes straight and reaches the light
receiving element (PTr).

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.31


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• When there is no liquid, the LED light is reflected and does not reach the
light receiving element (PTr) because the refraction index of air and plastic is
different.

PTr
LED

When there is no liquid

• When there are small bubbles in the light path of the liquid sensor, a no reagent
alarm may occur frequently because the LED light is reflected and does not
reach the light receiving element (PTr).
• The small bubbles stay in the sensor even when liquid flows and cannot be
removed by repeated cleaning.

PTr
LED

When there are bubbles

• If bubbles get in the sensor, remove the tube and pass air. This removes the
bubbles easily.
• Remove the diluent tube and press the Clean key while holding the Reset key.
The analyzer aspirates air instead of diluent and the air passes through the
liquid sensor. After the operation, reattach the diluent tube and press the Clean
key while holding the Reset key to fill the diluent.

A001: No isotonac•3!
General
This alarm is displayed when the liquid sensor for ISOTONAC•3 of the JQ-730V
detects air when aspirating diluent. The UT-7235 LIQUID SENSOR BD of the
JQ-730V has a sensor for diluent only and a sensor for diluent and detergent. The
A: 001 NO DILUENT alarm occurs when one of the sensors detects air.

Cause and countermeasure


• The tube floats in the diluent tank.
→ Check the tube connection, leak and flotation between the tank and
analyzer.

2.32 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• Bubbles in the liquid sensor.


→ Remove the bubbles (refer to “when there is liquid” in no reagent alarm).
• Leak in the flow path between the diluent port and sensor. 2
→ Check for leak of the tube joint.
→ Check for leak of the 2-way valves.
• Liquid sensor voltage adjustment failure (UT-7235)
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to unit adjustment).

A005: No cleanac!
General
This alarm is displayed when the sensor for diluent and detergent of the JQ-730V
detects air while aspirating CLEANAC. The UT-7239 LIQUID SENSOR BD
detects the liquid and sends the information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

Cause and countermeasure


• Bubbles in the liquid sensor.
→ Remove the bubbles (refer to “when there is liquid” in no reagent alarm).
• The tube floats in the CLEANAC tank.
→ Check the tube connection, leak and flotation between the tank and
analyzer.
• Leak in the flow path between the CLEANAC port and sensor.
→ Check for leak of the tube joint.
→ Check for leak of the 2-way valves.
• Liquid sensor voltage adjustment failure (UT-7239)
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to unit adjustment).

When the A: 005 NO CLEANAC alarm occurs and A: 001 NO DILUENT and
A: 006 NO CLEANAC•3 alarms do not occur, there is a problem in the flow path
between the CLEANAC tank and 2-way valve for change.

A006: No cleanac•3!
General
The alarm is displayed when the sensor for diluent and detergent of the JQ-730V
detects air while aspirating CLEANAC•3. The UT-7239 LIQUID SENSOR BD
detects the liquid and sends the information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

Cause and countermeasure


• Bubbles in the liquid sensor.
→ Remove the bubbles (refer to “when there is liquid” in no reagent alarm).
• The tube floats in the CLEANAC•3 tank.
→ Check the tube connection, leak and flotation between the tank and
analyzer.
• Leak in the flow path between the CLEANAC•3 port and sensor.
→ Check for leak of the tube joint.
→ Check for leak of the 2-way valves.
• Liquid sensor voltage adjustment failure (UT-7239)
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to unit adjustment).

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.33


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

When the A: 006 NO CLEANAC•3 alarm occurs and A: 001 NO DILUENT and
A: 005 NO CLEANAC alarms do not occur, there is a problem in the flow path
between the CLEANAC•3 tank and 2-way valve for change.

A007: No hemolynac•3N!
General
This alarm is displayed when the sensor for HEMOLYNAC•3N of the JQ-730V
detects air while aspirating HEMOLYNAC•3N. The UT-7239 LIQUID SENSOR
BD detects the liquid and sends the information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

Cause and countermeasure


• Bubbles are attached to the liquid sensor.
→ Remove the bubbles (refer to “when there is liquid” in no reagent alarm).
• The tube floats in the HEMOLYNAC•3N tank.
→ Check the tube connection, leak and flotation between the tank and
analyzer.
• Leak in the flow path between the HEMOLYNAC•3N port and sensor.
→ Check for deformation of the flange of the hemolynac tube.
→ Check for leak of the tube joint.
→ Check for leak of the 2-way valves.
• Liquid sensor voltage adjustment failure (UT-7239)
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to unit adjustment).
• The sensor block is discolored or cracked.
→ Replace the sensor block, adjust the voltage or replace the UT-7239.

A008: No hemolynac•5!
General
This alarm is displayed when the sensor for HEMOLYNAC•5 of the JQ-730V
detects the air while aspirating HEMOLYNAC•5. The UT-7239 LIQUID
SENSOR BD detects the liquid and sends the information to the UT-7241 MAIN
BD.

Cause and countermeasure


• Bubbles in the liquid sensor.
→ Remove the bubbles (refer to “when there is liquid” in no reagent alarm).
• The tube floats in the HEMOLYNAC•5 tank.
→ Check the tube connection, leak and flotation between the tank and
analyzer.
• Leak in the flow path between the HEMOLYNAC•5 port and sensor.
→ Check for deformation of the flange of the hemolynac tube.
→ Check for leak of the tube joint.
→ Check for leak of the 2-way valves.
• Liquid sensor voltage adjustment failure (UT-7239)
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to unit adjustment).
• The sensor block is discolored or cracked.
→ Replace the sensor block, adjust the voltage or replace the UT-7239.

2.34 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Manometer Alarms
A009:WBC priming error
A010:RBC priming error 2
A071:WBC upper manometer dirty
A072:WBC middle manometer dirty
A073:WBC lower manometer dirty
A074:RBC upper manometer dirty
A075:RBC middle manometer dirty
A076:RBC lower manometer dirty

Up sensor

LED

Low360 sensor

Low500 sensor

• The part which aspirates the diluted blood sample from the aperture and
measures the volume is called “manometer”. The manometer is a transparent
plastic tube which has upper, middle and lower optical sensors that detect the
liquid level in the manometer.
• When the sensor voltage is more than 2.5 V, the analyzer judges that the sensor
is in air. When the voltage is less than 2.5 V, the analyzer judges that the sensor
is in liquid. To get 1.0 V of margin, the sensor voltage must be adjusted to
judge that in liquid is 1.5 V or less and out of liquid is 3.5 V or more.
• Thus even if there is liquid and the sensor voltage is 1.51 V, the analyzer does
not malfunction. But if the manometer sensor voltage is 2.25. to 2.75 V, the
manometer may misjudge the situation so that the “MANO ERROR” alarm
occurs.

A071:WBC upper manometer dirty


A072:WBC middle manometer dirty
A073:WBC lower manometer dirty
A074:RBC upper manometer dirty
A075:RBC middle manometer dirty
A076:RBC lower manometer dirty

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.35


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

General
The “MANO ERROR” alarm is displayed when loading each sensor voltage of
the manometer during measurement and the voltage of the manometer is less
than 2.25 to 2.75 V.

Cause and countermeasure


• The manometer is dirty with blood protein.
→ Perform strong cleaning.
• Strong cleaning has not been performed for a long time.
→ Perform strong cleaning.
• The hypochlorous acid of the CLEANAC 3 is evaporated.
→ Replace the CLEANAC 3 with new one and perform strong cleaning.
• The voltage of the manometer sensor is not adjusted correctly.
→ Adjust the liquid sensor voltage (refer to “Adjusting the Units” in Section
5).
• Manometer sensor failure
→ Replace the UT-7239 MEASURING BD.

CBC Measurement Alarms


General
When a LEVEL or CLOG alarm occurs, the aperture might not have aspirated
a sample correctly. A LEVEL alarm is detected before counting the pulse and a
CLOG alarm is detected when counting the pulse. A LEVEL and CLOG alarm
is judged by the timing when the fluid level reaches the sensor in the manometer
during measurement. This alarm occurs when the timing is different from the
standard.

A021:WBC fluid level 1 A041:RBC fluid level 1


A022:WBC fluid level 2 A042:RBC fluid level 2
A023:WBC fluid level 3 A043:RBC fluid level 3
A024:WBC bubble 1 A044:RBC bubble 1
A025:WBC bubble 2 A045:RBC bubble 2
A026:WBC bubble 3 A046:RBC bubble 3
A027:WBC bubble 4 A047:RBC bubble 4
A029:WBC clogged A049:RBC clogged
A030:WBC sample error A050:RBC sample error
A031:WBC hardware noise A051:RBC hardware noise
A032:WBC software noise A052:PLT software noise
A053:RBC software noise

2.36 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

First, MEK-7300 is different from the previous models. It has two lower position
sensors to measure 360 μL or 500 μL quantity.
2
The measurement and alarm process is the same as the previous models.
Normally, the determined quantity is 360 L. If the measurement value is low, the
analyzer increases the quantity and measures the sample again (advanced count
function).

standby
360 uL
Up sensor

Low 360
sensor

Low 500
sensor

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

500 uL
Up sensor

Low 360
sensor

Low 500
sensor

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.37


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A021: WBC fluid level 1


A041: RBC fluid level 1
General
These alarms occur when the fluid level does not fall when the manometer
decreases the fluid (1 in the illustration) after measurement starts.

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 500 uL


Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 360 uL

Detection method
When the quantity is 500 or 360 μL, the upper sensor of the manometer does not
detect fluid level within 8 seconds.

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• The voltage of the lower sensor of the manometer is not adjusted correctly or
there is sensor failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

2.38 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A022: WBC fluid level 2


A042: RBC fluid level 2
General 2
These alarms occur when the fluid level does not fall when the manometer
decreases the fluid (2 in the illustration).

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 5 0 0 uL


2

Time
3 6 0 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
When the manometer decreases the fluid level after measurement starts, level 1 is
passed but the fluid level is not detected within the following times:
When the quantity is 360 μL, middle position sensor of the manometer: 8
seconds
When the quantity is 500 μL, lower position sensor of the manometer: 11.2
seconds

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• The voltage of the lower sensor of the manometer is not adjusted correctly or
there is sensor failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.39


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A023: WBC fluid level 3


A043: RBC fluid level 3
General
These alarms occur when the fluid level does not rise when the manometer
increases the fluid (4 in the illustration).

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 500 uL

Time
360 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
After starting a measurement, level 1 and 2 are passed and the manometer
decreases and increases the fluid, but the fluid level is not detected within the
following times:
When the quantity is 360 μL, middle position sensor of the manometer: 11.0
seconds
When the quantity is 500 μL, lower position sensor of the manometer: 11.0
seconds

Cause and countermeasure


• It is not the sensor voltage failure because level 1 and 2 were passed.
• The aperture is clogged completely and cannot aspirate the sample.
→ Perform strong cleaning.
• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

2.40 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A024: WBC bubble 1


A044: RBC bubble 1
General 2
When the manometer increases the fluid, the fluid fills the manometer normally
but the sensor detects the air.

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 500 uL


1

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 360 uL

Detection method
This alarm appears when the upper or lower position sensor of the manometer
detects bubbles when the manometer decreases the fluid after starting
measurement.

Cause and countermeasure


• The manometer is dirty and there are bubbles.
• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.41


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A025: WBC bubble 2


A045: RBC bubble 2
General
The alarm appears when the upper sensor of the manometer detects fluid not
air after the manometer starts decreasing the fluid, and the upper sensor of the
manometer detects the fluid level.

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 500 uL

Time

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog 360 uL

Detection method
This alarm appears when the upper sensor detects the fluid level before the
lower sensor of the manometer detects the fluid level (illustration 2) after a
measurement starts, the manometer decreases fluid and the upper sensor of the
manometer detects the fluid level.

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

2.42 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A026: WBC bubble 3


A046: RBC bubble 3
General 2
This alarm appears when the upper sensor of the manometer detects fluid not
air after the manometer starts decreasing the fluid and the upper sensor of the
manometer detects the fluid level.

Time
500 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Time 360 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
This alarm appears when the upper sensor detects the fluid level before the
lower sensor of the manometer detects the fluid level (illustration 5) after a
measurement starts, the manometer decreases fluid and upper sensor of the
manometer detects the fluid level.

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.43


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A026: WBC bubble 3


A046: RBC bubble 3
General
This alarm appears when the lower sensor detects bubbles. Normally, the lower
sensor is filled with fluid when the manometer starts increasing the fluid and the
pulse is being measured.

Time
5 0 0 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Time
3 6 0 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
This alarm appears when the lower sensor detects bubbles before the upper
sensor of the manometer detects the fluid level (5 of the illustration) after a
measurement starts, the manometer increases the fluid and the lower sensor of
the manometer detects the fluid level.

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

2.44 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A027: WBC bubble 4


A047: RBC bubble 4
General 2
The alarm appears when the measurement time of the blood cell pulse is too fast
due to bubbles or leak.

Time
500 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Time
360 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
This alarm appears when the time from the pulse count starts to upper sensor of
the manometer detects the fluid level and the measurement finishes is shorter
than the following.
When the quantity is 500 μL: 14.5 seconds
When the quantity is 360 μL: 11.50 seconds

Cause and countermeasure


• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.45


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A029: WBC clogged


A049: RBC clogged
General
These alarms appear when the blood cell pulse measurement takes too much time
because the aperture may be clogged.

Time
500 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Time 360 uL
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Clog

Detection method
The alarm appears when the time from starting a measurement, the manometer
increases the fluid and the lower sensor is turned on to the upper sensor is turned
on (5 of the illustration) is longer than the following.
When the quantity is 500 μL, normal mode: 21.25 seconds
high altitude mode: 28.38 seconds
When the quantity is 360 μL: normal mode: 15.30 seconds
high altitude mode: 20.43 seconds

Cause and countermeasure


• The aperture is clogged completely.
• Valve operation failure
• Air leak in the fluid path of the MC unit.

2.46 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Fluid path to be checked when WBC LEVEL 1 to 3, CLOG or BUBBLE 1 to 4


alarm occurs
2

Filter

Filter

Case

Fluid path to be checked when RBC LEVEL 1 to 3, CLOG or BUBBLE 1 to 4


alarm occurs

Filter

Filter

Case

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.47


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A030: WBC sample error


A050: RBC sample error
General
These alarms appear when the electrode voltage is over 32.0 V. Normally, the
electrode voltage of WBC is about 18 V and the electrode voltage of RBC is
24 V but when the temperature becomes low, the electrical resistance of the
diluent and electrode voltage increases. If tap water is used instead of diluent, the
electrode voltage is very high because tap water does not contain salt and does
not pass current.

Cause and countermeasure


• The temperature of the diluent is low. (This occurs frequently in winter. Even
if the room temperature is within the specified operating temperature (15 to
30°C), it takes time to increase the temperature of the fluid.
• Tap water is used instead of diluent.
• The electrode is off.
• Aperture failure
• UT-7249 MEASURING BD failure

A031: WBC hardware noise


A051: RBC hardware noise
General
These alarms appear when electrical fluctuation of the baseline (ground noise) is
detected when the blood cells of WBC or RBC is measured.

Cause and countermeasure


• A 2-prong power cord is used.
• An instrument which has too much noise such as a refrigerator or centrifuge is
on the same AC outlet.
• The analyzer is not grounded.
• The electrode is off.
• Aperture failure
• UT-7249 MEASURING BD failure
• UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure

A032: WBC software noise


A052: PLT software noise
A053: RBC software noise
General
These alarms appear when there is a large fluctuation of WBC, RBC or PLT
blood cell measurement pulses in one second because noise may interfere.

Cause and countermeasure


• A 2-prong power cord is used.
• An instrument which has too much noise such as a refrigerator or centrifuge is
on the same AC outlet.
• The analyzer is not grounded.
• The electrode is off.
• Aperture failure

2.48 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• UT-7249 MEASURING BD failure


• UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure
2
HGB Measurement Alarms
A061:HGB voltage low
A062:HGB voltage high
A063:HGB circuit error
A064:HGB temp low
A065:HGB temp high
A066:LED temp low
A067:LED temp high
A068:HGB initialize error

A061: HGB voltage low


General
This alarm appears when the HGB sensor voltage is less than 1.6 V. “?” appears
to the right of the HGB measurement value. The HGB sensor voltage is adjusted
to 3.0 V when the WBC measurement bath is filled with diluent. The sensor
voltage decreases when the WBC measurement bath gets dirty with blood
protein. The low sensor voltage affects the HGB reproducibility.

Cause and countermeasure


• The WBC measurement bath is dirty.
• Strong cleaning has not been performed for a long time.
• A lysing reagent other than Hemolynac3N is used.
• Dust or crystals in the HGB measurement light path and LED light is blocked.
• The HGB sensor voltage is not adjusted correctly.
• HGB LED failure
• UT-7201 HGB AMP BD or UT-7202 HGB LED BD failure

A062: HGB voltage high


General
This alarm appears when the HGB measurement voltage exceeds 4.5 V. “!”
appears to the right of the HGB measurement value. Normally, the HGB sensor
voltage is adjusted to 3.0 V when the WBC bath is filled with diluent. The
voltage is highest with diluent. The voltage might not be adjusted correctly or the
sensor may have a failure.

Cause and countermeasure


• HGB sensor voltage is not adjusted correctly.
• UT-7201 HGB sensor failure

A063: HGB circuit error


General
This alarm appears when the HGB sensor voltage is 0.5 V or more even when
the HGB sensor LED is turned off. Normally, only the dirk current flows into
the sensor when the sensor LED is turned off and 0.5 V or more voltage is not
detected.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.49


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Cause and countermeasure


• The HGB cover is detached and ambient light enters.
→ Close the cover to block the ambient light.
• UT-7201 HGB sensor failure → Replace the board.

A064: HGB temp low


General
This alarm appears when the temperature of the HGB temperature sensor on the
diluter sampling nozzle is less than 10°C when measuring a sample.

Cause and countermeasure


• The analyzer is used outside the specified operating environment.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Damaged or failure of the temperature sensor.
→ Disconnect and connect the connector and check the status on the sensor
monitor.
• Failure of the IC that receives temperature sensor signal of UT-7238 VALVE
CONNECTION BD 1 → Replace the board.

A065: HGB temp high


General
This alarm appears when the temperature of HGB temperature sensor on the
diluter sampling nozzle is 50°C or more when measuring a sample.

Cause and countermeasure


• The analyzer is used outside the specified operating environment.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Damaged or failure of the temperature sensor.
→ Disconnect and connect the connector and check the status on the sensor
monitor.
• Failure of the IC that receives temperature sensor signal of UT-7238 VALVE
CONNECTION BD 1. → Replace the board.

A066: LED temp low


General
This alarm appears when the temperature of the HGB temperature sensor is less
than 10°C when measuring a sample.

Cause and countermeasure


• The analyzer is used outside the specified operating environment.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Damaged or failure of the temperature sensor.
→ Disconnect and connect the connector and check the status on the sensor
monitor.
• UT-7201 HGB AMP BD failure. → Replace the board.

2.50 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

A067: LED temp high


General
This alarm appears when the temperature of the HGB temperature sensor is 50°C 2
or more when measuring a sample.

Cause and countermeasure


• The analyzer is used outside the specified operating environment.
→ Use the analyzer in the specified operating environment.
• Damaged or failure of the temperature sensor.
→ Disconnect and connect the connector and check the status on the sensor
monitor.
• UT-7201 HGB AMP BD failure. → Replace the board.

A068: HGB initialize error


General
The analyzer measures the diluent without a blood sample of HGB (blank
measurement) when the power is turned on, the analyzer is primed or every
10 measurements cleaning. When the power is turned on while holding the
reset switch, the analyzer is not primed and HGB blank measurement is not
performed.

Cause
The analyzer was turned on while holding down the reset key.

Countermeasure
• Turn on the analyzer normally (5 minutes).
• Refill the diluent (8 minutes) or refill all reagents (9 minutes).
• Perform cleaning (16 minutes).
• Measure samples until cleaning is performed after 10 measurements.
• Press the HGB BLANK MEAS key on “MC UNITE CHECK” of the
maintenance window.

WBC 5 Part Differential Alarms


A081:Laser key off
A082:Optical count error
A091:Room temp high
A092:Room temp low

A081: Laser key off


General
Measurement starts and the signal to turn the laser ON to MO-820V but feedback
of ON signal does not return. The laser is not irradiated to the flowcell, if one of
the three inter lock switch is turned off for safety.

Cause and countermeasure


• The laser key is OFF or the cable is disconnected.
• The laser switch of the JQ-730V is OFF or the cable is disconnected.
• The cover of the MO-820V is detached.
• The JQ-730V or MO-820V is not connected.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.51


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• UT-7235 LIQUID SENSOR BD of JQ-730V failure.


• UT-7176 MO LD DRIVER BD of MO-820V failure.

A082: Optical count error


General
This alarm appears when the measurement result from WBC electrical resistance
method is greatly different from optical measurement result by the flowcell.

Cause and countermeasure


• The flowcell position is not adjusted. → Adjust the flowcell.
• The optical adjustment is not correct → Perform fine adjustment with MEK-
CAL.
• The flow of the sample is not stable. → Clean the flowcell and check the
damaged part with the hydraulic
system diagram.
• There is a leak or clog in the flow path and fluid does not flow normally →
Refer to the troubleshooting.
• Sample pump of the MP-731V failure → Repair or replace the MP-731V.
• Sheath pump of the MP-730V failure → Repair or replace the MP-730V.
• Too many ghosts on the scattergram → Check the operating environment.
• There are many microcytic lymphocytes in the measured blood →
This is not a failure.

A091: Room temp high


General
This alarm appears when the temperature sensor detects a higher temperature
than the specified operating temperature. If the temperature exceeds the specified
operating environment, the response of the lysing reagent changes. It affects
WBC 5 part differentiation, especially NE% and LY% and “?” appears to the
right of the NE%, NE, LY% and LY.

Detection sensor and method


The room temperature sensor and warmer temperature sensor detect the
temperature when measuring a sample. This alarm appears when one of the
sensors detects 36°C or more or the room temperature is 30°C or more and the
warmer temperature is 34°C or more.

Cause and countermeasure


• The room temperature exceeds the specified operating temperature → Use the
analyzer in the specified operating temperature.
• Temperature sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Board failure → Replace the UT-7238 VALVE JUNCTION BD.

A092: Room temp low


General
This alarm appears when the temperature sensor detects a lower temperature
than the specified operating temperature. If the temperature exceeds the specified
operating environment, the response of the lysing reagent changes. It affects
WBC 5 part differentiation, especially NE% and LY% and “?” appears to the
right of the NE%, NE, LY% and LY.

2.52 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Detection sensor and method


The room temperature sensor and warmer temperature sensor detect the 2
temperature when measuring a sample. This alarm appears when one of the
sensors detects 15°C or less.

Cause and countermeasure


• The room temperature exceeds the specified operating temperature → Use
the analyzer in the specified operating temperature.
• Temperature sensor failure → Replace the sensor.
• Board failure → Replace the UT-7238 VALVE JUNCTION BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.53


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Particle CV Check

Measuring the Particle Distribution Width


A flag of WBC 5 part differentiation frequently occurs in the measurement result
and the scattergram is not displayed correctly or the optical count error always
occurs because of the laser light might not be irradiated to the blood sample in
the flowcell. You have to measure the particle distribution width with YZ-0194 7
μ standard particles to check this.

Measuring Particles
Press the System → Adj. Flowcell key to display the Adj. Flowcell (Rough)
window.

Press the Count switch to aspirate and measure the standard particles. After
measurement, CV and peak of FS (forward-scattered light small angle
component) and FL (forward-scattered light large angle component) histogram
appear. Check that these values are in the following range.

FS: CV 7.0% or less, Peak 60±3


FL: CV 7.0% or less, Peak 91±3

If the CV value of FS and FL is not in the above range, press the Clean key
on the lower middle of the screen to clean the flowcell and remove dust and
bubbles in the flowcell then check if the CV is improved. If the CV of particle
measurement is more than 7.0% after cleaning, adjust the flowcell position. Refer
to “Adjusting the Flowcell Position” later in this section.

2.54 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Poor Particle Reproducibility


i) The scattergram and histogram do not appear. TOC is 0.
2

When a sample is measured, the optical


count is 0, the laser is completely out of
the flowcell path or the laser is not
irradiated.

Trouble Cause Action


The laser is not irradiated.* • The laser key is turned off. • Turn on the laser key.
• Emergency laser switch is turned off. • Turn on the emergency laser switch.
• The connector of the MO-820V2 is • Connect the MO-820V2 connector.
disconnected.
• The cover of the MO-820V2 is • Close the cover of the MO-820V2.
opened.
• The inter lock switch of the UT-7176 • Replace the MO-820V2
LD DRIVER BD is in failure.
• MO-820V2 failure • Replace the MO-820V2
• UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure • Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD
The sheath fluid does not flow in the • The flowcell is clogged. • Clean the flowcell.
flowcell. • MP-730V does not move. • Replace the MP-730V.
• There is a leak on the flow path of the • Check the joint, valve and tube.
MJ-730V.
The flowcell position is not correct. The flowcell is not adjusted correctly. Adjust the flowcell position.
A waveform is not loaded • The optical threshold setting is • Set the optical threshold to 10.
incorrect.
• UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure • Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.

* The laser is only irradiated during measurement. While the laser is irradiated,
the laser check LED of the front panel lights. You can always irradiate the
laser by displaying the particle measurement screen. When checking the laser
irradiation by opening the cover of the analyzer, make sure that the laser is not
in your eyes. When the cover of the MO-820V2 is opened, the interlock switch
on the UT-7176 and laser are turned off.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.55


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

ii) When the scattergram and histogram appear but the TOC is low (200 or less).

When a sample is measured, the optical


count is 200 or less. The laser is
irradiated into the flowcell path but it is
out of the sample flow.

Trouble Cause Action


The YZ-0194 7 μ standard particles are The 7 μ standard particles are not • Replace the 7 μ standard particles
coagulated.* stored properly. with new ones.
• Place the 7 μ standard particles in an
ultrasound bath.
The sample does not flow into the • The Pharmed tube right under the • Replace the Pharmed tube right
flowcell. flowcell is clogged. under the flowcell.
• MP-731V failure • Replace the MP-731V
• MP-730V failure • Replace the MP-730V
• MJ-730V failure • Refer to “Board/Unit Description” in
• UT-7243 DRIVER BD failure Section 4.
• Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
The sample is not set into the manifold • The flowcell is clogged. • Clean the flowcell.
part. • The MP-730V does not move. • Replace the MP-730V.
• There is a leak in the flow path of the • Check the joint, valve and tube.
MJ-730V.
The sample flow is unstable. • Bubbles or dust in the flowcell. • Clean the flowcell.
• Leak in the flow path of the MJ-
730V. • Check the joint, valve and tube.
• MP-731V failure
• MP-730V failure • Replace the MP-731V.
• Replace the MP-730V.
The flowcell position is not correct. The flowcell position is not adjusted Adjust the flowcell position.
correctly.
A waveform is not loaded. The optical sensitivity and threshold Set the FS threshold to 127 (maximum)
settings are incorrect. and threshold to 10.
The sheath liquid does not flow through • The flowcell is clogged. • Clean the flowcell.
the flowcell. • The MP-730V does not move. • Replace the MP-730V.
• Leak in the flow path of the MJ- • Check the joint, valve and tube.
730V.

* If the YZ-0194 7 μ standard particles are stored incorrectly, the particles


coagulate as follows and the flowcell position cannot be checked correctly. In
this case, place the particles to breakup the coagulation.
Normal particles Coagulated particles

2.56 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

iii) When the CV is improper (CV of FS or FL is 7.0% or more).

When a sample is measured, the optical 2


count is 100 or less. The laser is
irradiated to the sample flow path but it
is out of the center.

Trouble Cause Action


The YZ-0194 7 μ standard particles are The 7 μ standard particles were not • Replace the 7 μ standard particles
coagulated. stored properly. with a new one.
• Place the 7 μ standard particles in an
ultrasound bath.
The sample flow is unstable. • Bubbles or dust in the flowcell. • Clean the flowcell.
• Leak in the flow path of the MJ-
730V. • Check the joint, valve and tube.
• MP-731V failure
• MP-730V failure • Replace the MP-731V.
• Replace the MP-730V.
The flowcell position is not correct. The flowcell position is not adjusted Adjust the flowcell position.
correctly.
The scattered light is unstable. • The outside of the flowcell is dirty. • Refer to Section 4 “Board/Unit
• The flowcell is broken. Description”.
• MO-820V2 failure • Replace the MF-820V
• Replace the MO-820V2

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.57


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Adjusting the Flowcell Position


Clean the flowcell before adjusting it. The flowcell is adjusted to the optimum
position at the factory. The position hardly moves. When the CV of particle
measurement is outside the standard range, there may be dust or bubble in the
flowcell. It is unlikely that the flowcell position is changed. Especially, when the
reagents are not filled in the analyzer such as right after installation, clean the
flowcell to remove the air (bubbles) and dust in the flowcell by the Cleanac with
the surfactant.

If the CV of particles is incorrect after cleaning the flowcell, adjust the flowcell
to the proper position by the following procedure.

1. Remove the two flowcell cover fixing screws on the top cover and the
flowcell cover.

2. Loosen but do not remove the two screws that fix the flowcell position adjust
screw by turning the Phillips head screw driver counterclockwise.

NOTE
Do not remove the screws.

Flowcell cover

3. Insert the T box wrench (standard accessory) into the flowcell position adjust
screw.

4. Measure the standard particles.

5. When the particle count starts, turn the T box wrench about 2 to 3 degrees to
the right or left.

2.58 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

T box wrench

2
About 2 to 3 degrees

Flowcell position adjust screw

6. Press the Clear key and check the distribution of the particle scattergram
and histogram. When the Clear key is pressed, the Count is reset and starts
from 0. The scattergram is also cleared and you can check the adjustment
condition. If the Clear key is not pressed, the scattergram is not cleared and
you cannot check the condition.

7. Compare the scattergram distribution of the particles before and after turning
the T box wrench. If the distribution is smaller (the width of the FS and FL
histogram is thinner) after turning the wrench, turn the wrench 2 to 3 degrees
in the same direction. If the distribution is wider, turn the wrench to the
opposite direction.

8. Press the Clear key and check the distribution as described in step 6.

9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 until the scattergram distribution of the particles


becomes smallest.

10. Remove the T box wrench from the position adjust screw.

11. Tighten the two screws that fix the flowcell position adjust screw with the
Phillips head screw driver (turn clockwise).

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.59


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

12. Measure standard particles and check the CV and peak value. If the CV of
FS and FL is 7.0% or less, hook the MO blind plate to the analyzer and fix it
in place with the screws.

13. When the particles are measured and the OK key is pressed on the Adj.
Flowcell screen, a confirmation message appears. Press the OK key to
perform post-cleaning of particle measurement (about 6 minutes).

Countermeasure against the Trouble at the Particle Measurement (Backwash)


When the CV of FS and FL is about 20% or more after measuring particles, the
CV does not change after turning the flowcell adjustment screw and flowcell
cleaning does not affect the value, dust may have entered the flowcell and it
cannot be removed by flowcell cleaning. In this case, disconnecting the joint
from the flowcell, connecting a syringe filled with detergent (Cleanac) and
flowing the detergent into the flowcell in the opposite direction to remove the
dust (backwash).

Backwash procedure
1. Fill a syringe with about 10 cc of Cleanac (green detergent).

2. Disconnect the joint from the end of the flowcell and connect the syringe
filled with detergent.

2.60 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

3. Disconnect the valve joint (17) which is connected to the entrance flow path
with the sheath under the flowcell and put the tube into an empty cup.
2
4. Press the syringe to flow detergent from the end of the flowcell several times.

5. Re-connect the joint and press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.

Pressure sensor

Manifold

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.61


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Background Check

Measure only the diluent in both closed and open mode measurement to check
the noise effect.

Set an empty vacuum sample tube to the tube holder and start measurement in
closed mode.

Press the Count switch to measure only the diluent in open mode. The detergent
and hematology control do not need to be aspirated.

If the measurement values are near the following values, there is no problem.
WBC: 2 (×102/μL)
RBC: 5 (×104/μL)
HGB: 0.1 (g/dL)
PLT: 1.0 (×104/μL)
TOC: 100 count

Perform cleaning and measure the background for any items. If the value is still
out of range, perform strong cleaning, measure the background and check the
value again.
Ready → Operation → Strong cleaning

If the background does not decrease, check the following possible causes.

2.62 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Trouble Cause Action


Whole background Reagent is dirty. Diluent is dirty. Replace the diluent.
does not decrease. Diluent tube is dirty. Replace the diluent tube. 2
Diluent bottle is dirty. Clean the diluent bottle.
Inside the analyzer is dirty. Flow path is dirty. Press the Clean key.
Perform strong cleaning.
Noise interference Noise from the power source. Change the AC outlet.
Noise from an external Ground the analyzer.
instrument. Keep away from the external
instrument.
The temperature exceeds There may be bubbles or deposits Use the reagents within the specified
the specified operating because of the temperature. operating environment.
temperature of the
reagents.
WBC background Inside the analyzer is dirty. Sub bath or measurement bath Clean or replace the sub bath or
does not decrease. are dirty. measurement bath.
Sampling nozzle is dirty. Clean the sampling nozzle.
Aperture is dirty. Clean or replace the aperture.
Diluter part of MP-730V is dirty. Replace the cylinder block.
Reagent is dirty. Hemolynac•3N is dirty. Use new Hemolynac•3N.
Hemolynac•5 is connected Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer
instead of Hemolynac•3N by with distilled water, drain the
mistake. analyzer again, connect the reagents
correctly and perform strong
cleaning.
Analyzer failure Electrodes come off. Connect the electrodes of the
measurement bath correctly.
Aperture is damaged or broken. Replace the aperture.
MC-730V is broken. Replace the MC-730V.
Sampling nozzle is clogged and Replace the sampling nozzle.
bubbles appear in the sample.
MP-730V is damaged and Replace the MP-730V.
bubbles appear in the sample.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure. Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
UT-7249 MEASURING BD Replace the UT-7249 MEASURING
failure. BD.
RBC and PLT Analyzer failure Sampling nozzle is dirty. Clean the sampling nozzle.
background does Aperture is dirty. Clean or replace the aperture.
not decrease. Diluter part of the MP-730V is Replace the cylinder block.
dirty.
Electrodes come off. Connect the electrodes of the
measurement bath correctly.
Aperture is damaged or broken. Replace the aperture.
MC-730V is broken. Replace the MC-730V.
Sampling nozzle is clogged and Replace the sampling nozzle.
bubbles appear in the sample.
MP-730V is damaged and Replace the MP-730V.
bubbles appear in the sample.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure. Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
UT-7249 MEASURING BD Replace the UT-7249 MEASURING
failure. BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.63


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Trouble Cause Action


HGB background Inside the analyzer is dirty. Sub bath or measurement bath Clean the sub bath or measurement
does not decrease. are dirty. bath.
Replace the sub bath or measurement
bath.
Analyzer failure. MC-730V is broken. Replace the MC-730V.
Sampling nozzle is clogged and Replace the sampling nozzle.
bubbles appear in the sample.
MP-730V is damaged and Replace the MP-730V.
bubbles appear in the sample.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure. Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
UT-7249 MEASURING BD Replace the UT-7249 MEASURING
failure. BD.
TOC background Inside the analyzer is dirty. Flowcell is dirty. Press the Clean flowcell key.
does not decrease. Sample cup is dirty. Clean the sample cup.
Filter under the sample cup is Replace the filter.
clogged with a foreign substance.
Bubbles in the tube Pharmed tube is clogged. Remove the clog or replace the
Pharmed tube.
There is a leak in the flow path. Fix the valve joint of the MJ-730V.
Mix chamber is cracked. Replace the mix chamber of MJ-
730V.
Analyzer failure Mix chamber is cracked. Replace the mix chamber of MJ-
730V.
MO-820V2 is broken. Replace the MO-820V2.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD/ Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD/
MASTER BD is broken. MASTER BD.
UT-7242 POWER BD is broken. Replace the UT-7242 POWER BD.

2.64 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Reproducibility Check
2

Check the reproducibility by the CV value of the data that is obtained by


measuring the same MEK-5DN hematology control or human blood 10 times. If
the CV value exceeds the standard, the analyzer does not operate correctly. Find
the cause and take proper action by referring to “Reproducibility Failure” later in
this section.

Reading Data
The reproducibility of the data is judged by the “CV value” that is obtained by
dividing the standard deviation with the average. The larger the CV value, the
larger the variation is (the reproducibility is bad).

Example

Item Average CV CV
WBC 68 1.3 2.0
NE% 5.0
LY% 5.0
MO% 12.0
EO% 20.0
BA% 30.0
RBC 443 0.8 1.5
HGB 13.0 0.7 1.5
MCV 91.0 0.4 1.0
PLT 24.2 3.2 4.0

For example, the average is 443 and the CV value is 0.8 for RBC of above list.
0.8% of 443 is 3.5, 443 ± 3.5 is 439.5 to 446.5. When the CV value is 0.8% mean
RBC measured data is within 439.5 to 446.5 six times out of ten.

437 439 440 443 444 445 446 447 448

(2 data) 439.5 (6 data) 446.5 (2 data)

Reference: CV value of a sample which has small countable number of


values (low concentration sample)
The analyzer counts the blood cells which pass the hole and about 50,000 blood
cells are counted for 15 seconds in one RBC measurement. The reproducibility
of the analyzer is decided by this counted number statistically. The higher
number is good and lower number is bad. If the low concentration sample is
counted, the number decreases and the variation is large. For example, in the PLT
standard, the CV value when about 300,000 cells are counted is 4.0% or less. If
the blood cells are 100,000 or less, the CV value exceeds 4.0%. This principle is
the same on any hematology analyzer.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.65


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Checking the Reproducibility


• Set the measurement mode to “Control” and select MEK-5DN.
• Measure the MEK-5DN hematology control 10 times.
• Display the X10-CV screen from the Instrument Set window of the
Maintenance window. The average and CV value of 10 measurements is
displayed.

• Check that the reproducibility CV% for each item is within the standard
values.

Item Name Reproducibility (CV%)


Number of white blood cells (WBC) CV 2.0% or less
Neutrophil percent ratio (NE%) CV 5.0% or less
Lymphocyte percent ratio (LY%) CV 5.0% or less
Monocyte percent ratio (MO%) CV 12.0% or less
Eosinophil percent ration (EO%) CV 20.0% or less
Basophil percent ratio (BA%) CV 30.0% or less (> 2%)
Difference from the standard value:
within ±1% (0 to 2 %)
Number of red blood cells (RBC) CV 1.5% or less
Hemoglobin concentration (HGB) CV 1.5% or less
Mean red blood cell volume (MCV) CV 1.0% or less
Number of platelet (PLT) CV 4.0% or less

2.66 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Reproducibility Failure
If the reproducibility is poor after “Checking the Reproducibility”, refer to the
following section to find the cause and take proper action.
2

When the WBC Data is Abnormal


The causes are largely classified as follows.
i) Dirty measurement part or flow path
ii) Lysing reagent is altered
iii) Sample is not agitated enough
iv) Analyzer failure

i) Measurement part or flow path is dirty

Cause Action
WBC measurement bath • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
is dirty. • Perform strong cleaning from Operations.
• Remove and clean the WBC measurement bath.
Refer to “Checking and Cleaning Measurement
Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of
the operator’s manual.
• Replace the WBC measurement bath.
WBC sub bath is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from Operations.
• Remove and clean the WBC sub bath. Refer to
“Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths,
Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the WBC sub bath.
WBC aperture is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from Operations.
• Remove and clean the WBC aperture. Refer
to “Cleaning Apertures” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the WBC aperture.
Drain path of the WBC • Replace the filter under the air trap.
measurement bath is dirty. • Clean the air trap.
Rinse chassis is dirty. Clean the rinse chassis. Refer to “Checking,
Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling
Nozzles, Cap Pierce Nozzle and Sample Cup” in
Section 9 of the operator’s manual.

ii) Lysing reagent is altered

Cause Action
Temperature exceeds Use the analyzer in the specified operating
the specified operating environment. When the temperature is low, use a
environment (15 to 30°C). heater.
Hemolynac•5 is connected Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
as the lysing reagent by water, drain the analyzer, connect the reagent
mistake. correctly and perform strong cleaning.
Hemolynac•3 is connected Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
as the lysing reagent by water, drain the analyzer, connect the reagent
mistake. correctly and perform strong cleaning.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.67


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

iii) Sample is not agitated enough

Cause Action
Sample is not agitated Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
enough when measured.
Sample is not agitated Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
enough when collected.

iv) Analyzer failure

Cause Action
Specified quantity of • Hemolynac•3 tube assy does not touch the
lysing reagent is not bottom of the bottle.
delivered. • Replace the Hemolynac•3 tube assy.
• Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
Circuit failure. When • Replace the MC-730V.
checking the circuit by • Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
pressing “Operation” →
“Circuit Check” from the
Ready screen, the WBC
exceeds 80 ±5%.
WBC measurement • Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
sample failure. • Replace the MS-730V sampler unit.
• Replace the MS-731V cap pierce unit.

When the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Data is Abnormal


When the reproducibility of the WBC 5 part differentiation is poor, the causes
are largely classified as follows.

i) High background

Cause Action
Diluent is dirty. Replace the diluent.
Unspecified reagents are Use the specified reagents.
used.
Flow path is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning.
Noise from the power Change the AC outlet.
source.
Noise from external • Ground the analyzer.
instruments. • Keep the analyzer away from the external
instruments.
The temperature exceeds Use the reagent within the specified operating
the operating environment environment.
of the reagents.
MO-820V2 failure Replace the MO-820V2.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
failure.
Hemolynac3N is • Clean the connection tube.
connected to the • Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with
Hemolynac5 port. distilled water, drain the analyzer again and
perform strong cleaning.

2.68 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

ii) Abnormal scattergram or incorrect optical adjustment

Cause Action
No scattergram Refer to “Particle Reproducibility Failure”.
2
There are each white
blood cell distributions but
they do not come together.
Each white blood cell
distributions come
together but do not in the
areas that is divided by the
classification line.

iii) Sample is thin

Cause Action
Pinch valve is clogged. Check and replace the pinch valve tube.
Drain tube is bent. Check and replace the drain tube
MJ-730V failure • Check if there is a leak in the mix chamber.
• Check if there is a leak from joints.
• Check the valve operation on the “MV CHECK”
of the maintenance window.
• Replace the MJ-730V.
MP-730V failure. Replace the MP-730V.
MP-731V failure. Replace the MP-731V.
There is a leak in flow Repair the flow path.
path.

iv) Characteristics of the sample

Cause Action
MEK-3D is measured. Measure MEK-5DN.
MEK-5D hematology Use a new MEK-5DN.
control is deteriorated.
A hematology control is Measure the control in the quality control or
measured in the human control mode.
blood mode.
A sample which passed Use a normal sample within 12 hours of collection.
12 hours or more after
collection is measured.
WBC value is low or Use human blood which is within the following
classification value of range.
the sample is outside the WBC 40 to 400 × 102/μL
standard. NE 40 to 70 (%)
LY 20 to 45 (%)
MO 2 to 10 (%)
EO 2 to 10 (%)
BA 0 to 3 (%)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.69


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

v) Too many RBC ghosts (insoluble blood)

Cause Action
The temperature exceeds Use the analyzer in the operating environment.
the operating environment
(15 to 30°C).
Pinch valve is clogged. Check and replace the pinch valve tube.
Lysing reagent is not put • The lysing reagent tube does not touch the
correctly. bottom of the Hemolynac•5 and lysing reagent is
not aspirated enough.
• Check the MP-730V operation or replace it.
• MP-730V piping is clogged.
Hemolynac•3N is Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
connected as lysing water, drain the analyzer again, connect the
reagent by mistake. reagents correctly and perform strong cleaning.
Lysing reagent is diluted Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
with water. water, drain the analyzer again, connect the
reagents correctly and perform strong cleaning.

When the HGB Data is Abnormal


When the reproducibility of the HGB is poor, the causes are largely classified as
follows.
i) Dirty measurement part or flow path
ii) Lysing reagent is altered
iii) Sample is not agitated enough
iv) Failure inside the analyzer

i) Dirty measurement part or flow path

Cause Action
WBC sub bath is dirty. Clean the sub bath by soaking it in Cleanac•3.
WBC measurement bath Clean the measurement bath by soaking it in
is dirty. Cleanac•3.
Obstacle in the HGB • Keep the electrode of the measurement bath
measurement light path. away from the HGB measurement light path.
• Check for crystals in the HGB measurement light
path of the HGB block.

ii) Lysing reagent is altered

Cause Action
Temperature exceeds the Use the analyzer in the specified operating
operating environment (15 environment. When the temperature is low, use a
to 30°C). heater.
Hemolynac•5 is connected Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
as the lysing reagent by water, drain the analyzer, connect the reagent
mistake. correctly and perform strong cleaning.
Hemolynac•3 is connected Perform Drain all, clean the analyzer with distilled
as the lysing reagent by water, drain the analyzer, connect the reagent
mistake. correctly and perform strong cleaning.

2.70 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

iii) Sample is not agitated enough

Cause Action
Sample is not agitated • If the sample is not agitated enough and RBC
2
enough when measured. thick part is aspirated, RBC, HCT and HGB
become a falsely high value. When the thin part
is aspirated, RBC, HCT and HGB become a
falsely low values.
• Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
Refer to “Measurement” in Section 5 of the
operator’s manual.

iv) Inside the analyzer failure

Cause Action
Standard quantity of • Check that the Hemolynac•3 tube touches the
lysing reagent is not bottom of the tank.
delivered. • Replace the Hemolynac•3 tube assy.
• Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
HGB measurement bath • Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
is dirty. • Replace the MS-730V sampler unit.
HGB sensor output • Adjust the hemoglobin unit adjustment VR so
failure. HGB LED ON that the HGB LED voltage is 3.0 ±0.5 V.
voltage is outside the 1.5 • If the voltage cannot be adjusted, replace the
to 4.5 V with the Sensor MC-730V or UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
Monitor screen.

When the RBC Data is Abnormal


When the reproducibility of the RBC is poor, the causes are largely classified as
follows.
i) Dirty Measurement part or flow path
ii) Sample is not agitated enough
iii) Analyzer failure

i) Dirty measurement part or flow path

Cause Action
RBC measurement bath • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
is dirty • Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC measurement bath.
Refer to “Checking and Cleaning Measurement
Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of
the operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC measurement bath.
RBC sub bath is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC sub bath. Refer to
“Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths,
Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC sub bath.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.71


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Cause Action
RBC aperture is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC aperture. Refer
to “Cleaning Aperture” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC aperture.
RBC measurement bath Replace the filter under the RBC measurement
draining path is dirty. bath.
Rinse chassis is dirty. Clean the rinse chassis. Refer to “Checking,
Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling
Nozzles, Cap Pierce Nozzle and Sample Cup” in
Section 9 of the operator’s manual.

ii) Sample is not agitated enough

Cause Action
Sample is not agitated • If the sample is not agitated enough and RBC
enough when measured. thick part is aspirated, RBC, HCT and HGB
become a falsely high value. When the thin part
is aspirated, RBC, HCT and HGB become a
falsely low values.
• Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
Refer to “Measurement” in Section 5 of the
operator’s manual.
Sample is not agitated Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
enough when collected. Refer to “Measurement” in Section 5 of the
operator’s manual.

iii) Analyzer failure

Cause Action
When checking the circuit • Replace the MC-730V.
by pressing “Operation” • Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
→ “Circuit Check”
from the Ready screen, the
RBC exceeds 160 ±5%.
RBC measurement sample • Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
failure. • Replace the MS-730V sampler unit.

When the PLT Data is Abnormal


When the reproducibility of the PLT is poor, the causes are largely classified as
follows.
i) High background
The PLT measurement has the highest sensitivity among blood cells and
the background must be the standard value (PLT: 1.0, 104/μL or less) before
checking the reproducibility. Check that the background is within the
standard value and judge the reproducibility.
ii) Sample is not agitated enough
iii) Analyzer setting is incorrect
iv) Failure of a dilution part in the analyzer
v) Failure of a measurement part in the analyzer

2.72 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

i) High background
Refer to “Background Check” in this section.
2
ii) Sample is not agitated enough

Cause Action
Sample is not agitated Teach the operator to agitate the sample enough.
enough when measured. Refer to “Measurement” in Section 5 of the
operator’s manual.

iii) Incorrect analyzer setting

Cause Action
Sensitivity and threshold Check that RBC sensitivity is set to 5, RBC
setting is not proper. threshold is set to AUTO and PLT threshold is set
to 5.

iv) Failure of a dilution part in the analyzer

Cause Action
MS-730V sampler unit Replace the MS-730V sampler unit.
failure.
MP-730V triple pump unit Replace the MP-730V triple pump unit.
failure.

v) Failure of a measurement part in the analyzer

Cause Action
Aperture is dirty. Clean the aperture. Refer to “Cleaning Aperture” in
Section 9 of the operator’s manual.
Aperture is broken. Replace the aperture.
When checking the circuit • Replace the UT-7147 SLVE CBC BD.
by pressing “Operation” • Replace the MC-730V CBC measuring unit.
→ “Circuit Check” • Replace the UT-7242 POWER BD.
from the Ready screen, the
PLT exceeds 16.0 ±5%.
MC-730V CBC measuring Replace the MC-730V CBC measuring unit.
unit failure.

When the HCT and MCV Data is Abnormal


When the reproducibility of the HCT and MCV is poor, the causes are largely
classified as follows.
i) Dirty measurement part
ii) Incorrect analyzer setting
iii) Analyzer failure

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.73


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

i) Dirty measurement part

Cause Action
RBC measurement bath • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
is dirty. • Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC measurement bath.
Refer to “Checking and Cleaning Measurement
Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of
the operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC measurement bath.
RBC sub bath is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC sub bath. Refer to
“Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths,
Sub Baths and MC Tray” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC sub bath.
RBC aperture is dirty. • Press the Clean key to clean the analyzer.
• Perform strong cleaning from the Operation
window.
• Remove and clean the RBC aperture. Refer
to “Cleaning Aperture” in Section 9 of the
operator’s manual.
• Replace the RBC aperture.
RBC measurement bath Replace the filter under the RBC measurement
draining path is dirty. bath.
Rinse chassis is dirty. Clean the rinse chassis. Refer to “Checking,
Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling
Nozzles, Cap Pierce Nozzle and Sample Cup” in
Section 9 of the operator’s manual.

ii) Incorrect analyzer setting

Cause Action
Sensitivity and threshold Check that RBC sensitivity is set to 5, RBC
setting is not proper. threshold is set to AUTO and PLT threshold is set
to 5.

iii) Analyzer failure

Cause Action
Aperture is broken. Replace the aperture.
When checking the circuit • Replace the MC-730V.
by pressing “Operation” • Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
→ “Circuit Check”
from the Ready screen, the
MCV exceeds 118 ±5%.
RBC measurement sample • Replace the MP-731V triple pump unit.
failure. • Replace the MS-730V sampler unit.

2.74 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Checking the Accuracy


2

Judge the accuracy by checking that the average of data in “Checking


Reproducibility” is within the expected range on the assay sheet. If the average
exceeds the expected value or is on the borderline, calibrate the analyzer. Refer
to Section 6 “Calibration Procedures” of the operator’s manual.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.75


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Checking the Scattergram with Fresh Blood

NOTE
Always wear rubber gloves to protect yourself from infection when
handling and measuring blood samples.

Measure a sample of normal human blood within 8 hours after collection. Check
that the following clinically important flags do not appear.

When CBC Flags Appear Frequently


Leukocytosis, leukopenia, erythrocytosis, macrocytosis , microcytosis, anemia,
hypochromia, anisocytosis, thrombocytosis, thrombopenia

If the above flags which indicates increase or decrease of the blood cells
frequently appear despite the reproducibility has no problem, these flags are
detected when the CBC measurement value is high or low and the followings
may be the cause.

Trouble Cause Action


Adjustment and calibration of the CBC calibration failure. Calibrate the analyzer. Refer to
analyzer are incorrect. “Checking the Accuracy”.
Operating environment is improper. Specified reagents are not used. Use the specified reagents.
Operating temperature is not 15 to Use the analyzer in the specified
30°C. operating environment.

Poor hemolyzation, PLT clumps, abnormal MCHC, PLT-RBC interference

If the above flags which indicates increase or decrease of the blood cells
frequently appear despite the reproducibility has no problem, the followings may
be the cause.

• Poor hemolyzation, PLT clumps, abnormal MCHC


Refer to “Alarm to the Right of the Value” in this section.

• PLT-RBC interference

Cause Action
Background is high. Refer to “Checking Background” in this section.
Sensitivity and threshold Check that RBC sensitivity is set to 5, RBC
setting is not proper. threshold is set to AUTO and PLT threshold is set
to 5.

When WBC 5 Part Differentiation Flags Appear Frequently


Blasts, immature granulocyte, left shift, atypical lymphocytes, small nucleated
cell, Ly-Mo interference, Ne-Eo interference.

2.76 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

If the above WBC 5 part differentiation flags appear frequently, the causes are
largely classified as follows.
i) Rough optical adjustment trouble 2
ii) Fine optical adjustment trouble
iii) When increasing or decreasing flags of the WBC 5 part differentiation
appear frequently.
iv) When abnormal cell flags of the WBC 5 part differentiation appear
frequently.

Rough Optical Adjustment Trouble


Refer to “Particle CV Check” in this section.

Fine Optical Adjustment Trouble


• When each WBC distribution of scattergram come together but they are not in
the area divided by the classification line.

Trouble Cause Action


Optical sensitivity is not proper. Optical fine adjustment with MEK- Perform the fine optical adjustment
CAL is not proper. with MEK-CAL.

• When there are each WBC distributions of the scattergram but they do not
come together.

Trouble Cause Action


Reagent failure. Specified reagents are not used. Use the specified reagents.
Characteristics of a sample. Characteristics of a sample. This is not a failure.
Many WBC This is not a failure.
12 hours elapsed after collecting the This is not a failure.
sample.
MEK-5D is measured. This is not a failure.
CV of the scattergram is improper. Adjustment with standard particle is Adjust the analyzer with the standard
improper. particle.
Sample and lysing reagent are not Pharmed tubes are clogged. Replace the two Pharmed tubes.
mixed properly. MP-731V failure. Replace the MP-731V.
There is a leak or clog on the flow path. Check the joint and valve of the MJ-
730V.

• When there is no scattergram.

Trouble Cause Action


Laser is not emitted. Laser key is turned off. Turn on the laser key.
Emergency quenching switch is turned Turn on the emergency quenching
off. switch.
Connector of the MO-820V2 is Connect the connector of the MO-
disconnected. 820V2.
MO-820V2 failure. Replace the MO-820V2.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure. Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.
Flowcell position is not correct. Flowcell position is not adjusted Adjust the flowcell position.
properly.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.77


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

Trouble Cause Action


Sample does not flow to the flowcell. Pharmed tubes are clogged. Replace the two Pharmed tubes.
MP-731V failure. Replace the MP-731V.
MP-730V failure. Replace the MP-730V.
MJ-730V failure. Check the joint and valve of the MJ-
730V.
UT-7243 DRIVER BD failure. Replace the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
Waveform is not displayed. Optical threshold setting is incorrect. Set the optical threshold to 10.
UT-7244 ANALOG BD failure. Replace the UT-7244 ANALOG BD.

When Increasing or Decreasing Flags of the WBC 5 Part


Differentiation Appear Frequently
When the following flags appear frequently from the WBC 5 part differentiation
flags.
• Neutrophilia
• Neutropenia
• Lymphocytosis
• Lymphopenia
• Monocytosis
• Eosinophilia
• Basophilia

The followings may be the reason, other than “Fine Optical Adjustment
Trouble”.

Trouble Cause Action


Measurement method is incorrect. • Human blood is measured in the Measure the sample in the human
control mode. blood mode.
• Human blood is measured in the QC
screen.
Optical sensitivity is incorrect. Optical fine adjustment with MEK- Perform the optical fine adjustment
CAL is incorrect. with MEK-CAL. Refer to “Performing
an Optical Adjustment” in Section 5.
Calibration coefficient is changed. • Operation error. Check the reason why the user changes
• Normally, calibration coefficient of the coefficient. Return the coefficient
LY%, MO%, EO% and BA% are to 1,000 once and measure the MEK-
1,000. 5DN.

When Abnormal Cell Flags of the WBC 5 Part Differentiation Appear


Frequently
When the following flags appear frequently from the WBC 5 part differentiation
flags.
• Blasts
• Immature granulocyte
• Left shift
• Atypical lymphocytes

The followings may be the reason.

2.78 Service Manual MEK-7300K


2. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ERROR CODE

• When the blasts and immature granulocyte appear frequently.

Trouble Cause Action


Characteristics of a sample. Characteristics of a sample. This is not a failure.
2
12 hours elapsed after collecting the This is not a failure.
sample.
FS sensitivity is high and much scatter Optical fine adjustment is incorrect. Perform optical fine adjustment.
appears in the blasts and immature
granulocyte detection area.
CV of the scattergram is improper. Standard particle adjustment failure. Adjust the analyzer with the standard
particle.

• When the left shift appears frequently

Trouble Cause Action


Characteristics of a sample. Characteristics of a sample. This is not a failure.
12 hours elapsed after collecting the This is not a failure.
sample.
FL sensitivity is incorrect and crosstalk Optical fine adjustment is incorrect. Perform optical fine adjustment.
between MO and NE occurs.
CV of the scattergram is improper. Standard particle adjustment failure. Adjust the analyzer with the standard
particle.

• When the atypical lymphocytes appears frequently

Trouble Cause Action


Characteristics of a sample. Characteristics of a sample. This is not a failure.
12 hours elapsed after collecting the This is not a failure.
sample.
FL sensitivity is low and crosstalk Optical fine adjustment is incorrect. Perform optical fine adjustment.
between LY and MO occurs.
FL sensitivity is high and crosstalk Optical fine adjustment is incorrect. Perform optical fine adjustment.
between LY and ghost occurs.
CV of the scattergram is improper. Standard particle adjustment failure. Adjust the analyzer with the standard
particle.
Too many ghosts. Operating temperature exceeds 15 to Use the analyzer in the operating
30°C. environment.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 2.79


Section 3 Board/Unit Description
3

MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit............................................................................................................................ 3.2


MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit............................................................................................................................... 3.3
MS-730V Sampler Unit......................................................................................................................................... 3.4
MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit.................................................................................................................................... 3.5
MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit.................................................................................................................................. 3.6
MP-731V Triple Pump Unit................................................................................................................................... 3.7
MP-640V Pump Unit............................................................................................................................................. 3.8
MJ-730V Flowcyto Piping Unit.............................................................................................................................. 3.9
JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit.................................................................................................................................... 3.10
JQ-731V/732V Valve Unit................................................................................................................................... 3.11
PV-730VK Front Panel Unit................................................................................................................................ 3.12
UT-7241 MAIN BD.............................................................................................................................................. 3.13
UT-7244 ANALOG BD........................................................................................................................................ 3.14
UT-7243 DRIVER BD......................................................................................................................................... 3.15
UT-7242 POWER BD.......................................................................................................................................... 3.16
UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD........................................................................................................................... 3.17
UT-7246 LCD BD................................................................................................................................................ 3.18
UT-7247 KEY BD and UT-7248 PRINTER KEY BD........................................................................................... 3.19
UT-7234 SAMPLER JUNCTION BD................................................................................................................... 3.20
UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD...................................................................................................................... 3.20
UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD................................................................................................................................ 3.21
UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD1................................................................................................................. 3.22
UT-7239 VALVE CONNECTION BD2................................................................................................................. 3.23
UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION BD3................................................................................................................. 3.24
UT-7201 HGB AMP BD...................................................................................................................................... 3.25
UT-7202 HGB LED BD....................................................................................................................................... 3.25

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.1


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit

Function
• The CBC measuring unit is a main unit that measures the HGB and CBC
components such as WBC, RBC and PLT.
• The unit catches the resistance change when blood cells pass the aperture cap
by voltage conversion and measures the aspirated sample from the aperture
cap.
• The unit measures the change in absorbance of the diluted or hemolyzed
blood sample and takes out the HGB sensor voltage from the hemoglobin
concentration.
• The unit switches the internal fluid path by the control signal from the
UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The unit turns the measurement bath and transmits the measurement bath
position sensor signal to the MAIN BD by the control signal from the UT-7242
DRIVER BD.

Composition
1. WBC measurement bath
2. RBC measurement bath
3. Sub bath
4. Aperture cap
5. Electrode room
6. Air trap
7. Manometer
8. Tray
9. HGB block
10. PRE AMP BD (WBC)
11. PRE AMP BD (RBC)
12. CONNECTION BD
13. 2-way valve

3.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit

Function
• The laser optical unit is a main unit that measures the WBC 5 part differential.
• The unit detects the laser scattered light by flow cytometry and converts the
light to electrical signals.
• The unit consists of optical components such as the laser diode and flow cell.

Composition
1. Flow cell
2. Semiconductor laser
3. LASER DRIVER BD (UT-7176)
4. Inter lock switch
5. FS PREAMP BD (UT-7173)
6. FL PREAMP BD (UT-7174)
7. SD PREAMP BD (UT-7175)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.3


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MS-730V Sampler Unit

Function
• The sampler unit moves the sampling nozzle to the aspirate and dispense
position.
• The unit dispenses the diluted sample to the measurement baths with the
diluter unit.
• The unit rotates the motor and moves the sampling tube to the predefined
position by the control signal from the UT-7243 DRIVER BD. Also the unit
transmits the position information of the sample tube to the UT-7241 MAIN
BD with the sensor on the UT-7235 sampler sensor BD.

Composition
1. Sampling nozzle (WBC and RBC each 1 nozzle)
2. Motor (X axis)
3. Motor (Y axis)
4. Sensor BD (UT-7235)
5. Junction BD (UT-7236)
6. Rinse chassis
7. Sample cup

3.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit

Function
• The cappierce unit enables measurement without removing the cap of the
vacuum sample tube so that the operator does not touch blood.
• The cappierce unit has the sampling needle which pierces the rubber cap of the
vacuum sample tube and relieves the pressure in the vacuum sample tube.
• The sampling nozzle for blood sampling has a double tube structure and passes
inside the sampling needle. The nozzle also has a rinse function to rinse inside
the sampling needle.
• The unit rotates the motor and moves the sampling needle up and down by the
control signal from the UT-7241 MAIN BD through the UT-7243 DRIVER
BD and UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD.
• The unit detects the presence or absence of the sampling tube and opening
and closing of the holder with the detection sensor to the UT-7241 MAIN BD
through the UT-7243 DRIVER BD and UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD.

Composition
1. Sampling needle
2. Vacuum sample tube holder
3. Rinse chassis
4. Sensor for detecting the upper position of the sampling needle
5. Sensor for detecting the lower position of the sampling needle
6. Sensor for detecting the opening and closing of the holder
7. Sensor for detecting the presence or absence of the vacuum sample tube
8. Solenoid for opening and closing
9. Motor

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.5


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit

Function
• The diluter part aspirates and dilutes a sample by the constant concentration.
• The sheath pump part dispenses a constant amount and speed of diluent.
• The unit rotates the motor and moves the piston up and down by the control
signal from the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• The unit aspirates and dispenses a sample and reagents by switching the fluid
path inside the 3-way valve in synchronization with the move of the piston.
• The unit transmits the position information of the piston to the UT-7241 MAIN
BD through UT-7243 DRIVER BD by each position sensor.

Composition
1. MIXED PUMP BD (UT-7200)
2. Diluter cylinder
3. Sheath pump cylinder
4. Sheath pump sensor (upper part)
5. Sheath pump sensor (lower part)
6. 3-way valve (XP-513V)
7. Diluter motor
8. Sheath pump motor

3.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MP-731V Triple Pump Unit

Function
• The unit aspirates, measures and dispenses diluent for WBC 5-part differential
measurement, delivers a sample for WBC 5-part differential measurement and
dispenses diluent for rinse.
• The unit aspirates, measures and dispenses Hemolynac•3N and Hemolynac•5
lysing reagent.
• The unit rotates the motor and moves the piston up and down by the control
signal from the UT-7241 MAIN BD through UT-7243 DRIVER BD.
• The unit aspirates and dispenses the lysing reagent by switching the fluid path
inside the 3-way valve in synchronization with the move of the piston.
• The unit transmits the position information of the piston to the UT-7241 MAIN
BD through UT-7243 DRIVER BD by each position sensor.

Composition
1. Cylinder block for sample pump
2. Cylinder clock for Hemolynac•3N
3. Cylinder clock for Hemolynac•5
4. XP-513V 3-way valve for Hemolynac•3N
5. XP-513V 3-way valve for Hemolynac•3N
6. VALVE CONNECTION BD2 (UT-7239)
7. Sensor for detecting upper position
8. Sensor for detecting lower position
9. Motor for sample pump
10. Motor for lysing reagent pump

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.7


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MP-640V Pump Unit

Function
• The unit produces pressure for aspirating a sample and draining.
• MEK-7300K has two pump units. One is for blood cell count and another is
for WBC 5-part differential measurement.
• The unit rotates the motor. The rotor on the motor axis strokes the pump tube
and drains inside the measurement baths and instrument after measurement.
The unit also supplies reagents inside the instrument and produces constant
pressure when measuring a sample.
• The unit transmits the rotor information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD through
UT-7243 DRIVER BD by the sensor.

Composition
1. Pump tube
2. Pump rotor
3. Motor
4. Sensor (outside the unit)

3.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

MJ-730V Flowcyto Piping Unit

Function
• The flowcyto piping unit is connected to other units with piping tubes and
transmits and distributes the reagents.
• The unit has the fluid path for WBC 5-part differential measurement, starts the
lysing reagent and sample and sends the lysed sample to the measurement part.
• The unit has the warmer of the diluent for WBC 5-part differential
measurement and controls the temperature.
• The unit controls 21 2-way valves and switches the fluid path between each
unit by the control signal from the MAIN BD through the DRIVER BD,
VALVE CONNECTION BD1 and 2.
• The unit controls the warmer and adjusts the temperature of diluent for WBC
5-part differential measurement and lysing reagent by the control signal from
the MAIN BD through the DRIVER BD, VALVE CONNECTION BD1 and 2.
• The unit changes the preset temperature of the warmer by the temperature
setting switch on the MAIN BD.

Composition
1. Mixing chamber of the WBC 5-part differential measurement sample
2. Manifold for aspirating a lysed sample
3. Chamber for stabilizing the sheath pressure
4. Warmer for diluent for WBC 5-part differential measurement and lysing
reagent
5. Chamber for waste
6. Pinch valve
and piping tubes between the other units and 2-way valves for switching the fluid
path.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.9


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit

Function
• The unit supplies and drains the diluent, detergent, lysing reagent and waste
from the tubes connected to the reagent port.
• The unit detects the reagent with the liquid sensor on the UT-7236 LIQUID
SENSOR BD and transmits the signals to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The unit detects the sheath pressure with the puressure sensor on the LIQUID
SENSOR BD and transmits the signals to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The unit turns on or off the laser oscillation of the laser optical unit by laser
switch and key.
• The unit switches diluent, Cleanac detergent and Cleanac•3 detergent by
moving the 2-way valves by the control signal from the UT-7241 MAIN BD
through the UT-7243 DRIVER BD and UT-7239 VALVE CONNECTION
BD2.

Composition
1. LIQUID SENSOR BD (UT-7235)
2. Liquid sensor block
3. Pressure sensor
4. Laser switch
5. Laser key
6. 2-way valve

3.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

JQ-731V/732V Valve Unit

Function
• The unit binds several 2-way valves for easy replacement.
• The unit opens and closes the fluid path by moving the 2-way valves by the
control signal from the UT-7241 MAIN BD through the UT-7243 DRIVER
BD and UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION BD3.

Composition
1. 2-way valves

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.11


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

PV-730VK Front Panel Unit

Function
• The unit has the key switches and touch panel to operate the instrument and
the color LCD displays measurement data (numeric value and histogram data)
and messages.
• The instrument condition can be checked with the main power, power and auto
print mode LED.
• The measurement data can be printed (option).
• The unit displays LCD, prints measurement data, lights LED and generates
beeps by the control signal from the UT-7241 MAIN BD through the UT-7246
LCD BD.
• The unit transmits the input signal from the touch panel and each switch to the
UT-7241 MAIN BD.

Composition
1. LCD
2. Touch panel
3. Inverter
4. LCD BD (UT-7246)
5. KEY BD (UT-7247)
6. PRINTER KEY BD (UT-7248)
7. SD card slot

3.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7241 MAIN BD

3
UT-7241
MAIN BD

Function
• The MAIN BD controls the analyzer.
• The board controls the actuators, display, each measurement signal and signals
from/to the external instrument by the software program which is installed in
the flash ROM.
• The board has the backup battery and saves the settings and data.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.13


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7244 ANALOG BD

UT-7244
ANALOG BD

Function
• The board performs analog measurement.
• The board processes the analog data (CBC data or optical data).
• The board converts the analog data from the MC-730V CBC measuring unit
and MO-820V2 LASER OPTICAL UNIT to the digital data and sends the data
to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

3.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7243 DRIVER BD

3
UT-7243
DRIVER BD

Function
• The board controls the actuator.
• The board controls the 2-way valves under FPGA on this board, and motor by
the control command from the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The board transmits the sensor signal of the each unit to the MAIN BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.15


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7242 POWER BD

UT-7242
POWER BD

Function
• The board generates each voltage.
• The board converts DC +24 V input from the switching power to the necessary
voltage (+3.3 V, +5 V, +12 V, ±15 V, 24 V, –36 V).
• The board generates high-voltage AC power for removing clogs.
• The board controls the start and stop of the power supply by the control
command from the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

3.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD

3
UT-7236
LIQUID SENSOR BD

Function
• The board detects whether or not a liquid enters into the analyzer, pressure in
the fluid path and laser key on or off information.
• The board detects whether or not the diluent, two types of lysing reagent and
detergent enter into the analyzer with each opposed sensor and transmits the
information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The board detects, amplifies and transmits the pressure in the fluid path with
the pressure sensor to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The board creates the conduction pathway of the two external laser keys and
transmits the signal to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.17


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7246 LCD BD

UT-7246
LCD BD

Function
• The board is attached to the front panel and controls the SD card, buzzer,
interface to the LCD and touch panel.
• The board relays the control of the SD card and buzzer and signal to the LCD
and transmits touch panel information to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The board turns the power supply to the LCD on or off by the control from
the MAIN BD, and supply power voltage (+12 V) to the inverter for LCD
backlight.

3.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7247 KEY BD and UT-7248 PRINTER KEY BD

UT-7247
KEY BD

UT-7248
PRINTER KEY BD

Function
• The board transmits the pressing information of the switch on the board to the
UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The board has an LED to indicate the condition.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.19


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7234 SAMPLER JUNCTION BD

Function
• The board transmits the sensor signal of the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR
BD to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.

UT-7234
SAMPLER
JUNCTION BD

UT-7235
SAMPLER
SENSOR BD

UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD

Function
• The board has the sensor to decide the sampler nozzle position.
• The 3 photo interrupters detect up and down movement of the sampler nozzle
and the 4 opposite sensors detect the cutout on the sampler unit. The board
transmits the position information of the right and left movement of the
sampler nozzle to the UT-7241 MAIN BD.
• The LED on each sensor indicates the sensor condition.

3.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD

UT-7200
MIXED PUMP BD

Function
• The board has the diluter piston sensor of the mixed pump unit and transmits
the signal to the UT-7243 DRIVER BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.21


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7238 VALVE CONNECTION BD1

UT-7238
VALVE
CONNECTION BD1

Function
The board relays the UT-7243 DRIVER BD and following modules.
• MP-640V
• MS-731V
• Thermistor for correcting the hemoglobin temperature
• Analyzer internal temperature thermistor
• Heater temperature thermistor
• Heater
• Measurement SW
• Part of the 2-way valves in the MJ-730V

3.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7239 VALVE CONNECTION BD2

UT-7239
3
VALVE CONNECTION BD2

Function
The board relays the UT-7243 DRIVER BD and following modules.
• 2-way valves in the JQ-730V
• Thermistor for correcting the hemoglobin temperature
• 3-way valves in the MP-730V
• Part of the 2-way and 3-way valves in the MJ-730V
• Pinch valve of the MJ-730V

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.23


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION BD3

UT-7240
VALVE CONNECTION BD3

Function
The board relays the UT-7243 DRIVER BD and following units.
• 2-way valves of the JQ-731V
• 2-way valves of the JQ-732V

3.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


3. BOARD/UNIT DESCRIPTION

UT-7201 HGB AMP BD

Function 3
The board is on the MC-730V CBC measuring unit and transmits the HGB
absorbance signal to the UT-7244 ANALOG BD through the UT-7250
CONNECTION BD.

UT-7202 HGB LED BD

Function
The board is on the MC-730V CBC measuring unit and lights the LED for HGB
absorbance measurement.

UT-7202
HGB LED BD

UT-7201
HGB AMP BD

Service Manual MEK-7300K 3.25


Section 4 Disassembly and Assembly

4
Before You Begin.................................................................................................................................................. 4.2
Warnings and Cautions.............................................................................................................................. 4.2
Required Tools............................................................................................................................................ 4.2
Caution and Notes Related to Valve Joint, Black Screw and Tube Joint in the Instrument........................ 4.3
Draining the Hematology Analyzer....................................................................................................................... 4.4
Opening the Front Cover...................................................................................................................................... 4.6
Removing the Side Cover..................................................................................................................................... 4.7
Removing the Top Cover...................................................................................................................................... 4.8
Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit........................................................................................................... 4.9
Removing the Rear Cover.................................................................................................................................. 4.11
Removing the MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit................................................................................................... 4.12
Removing the MS-730V Sampler Unit................................................................................................................ 4.13
Replacing the MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit........................................................................................................... 4.15
Removing the MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit..................................................................................................... 4.16
Removing the JQ-731V Valve Unit..................................................................................................................... 4.17
Removing the JQ-732V Valve Unit..................................................................................................................... 4.18
Removing the MP-640V Rotary Pump Unit........................................................................................................ 4.19
Removing the Left CBC Unit.................................................................................................................... 4.20
Removing the JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit............................................................................................................ 4.21
Removing the MP-731V Triple Pump Unit.......................................................................................................... 4.22
Removing the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit......................................................................................................... 4.24
Removing the MJ-730V Flow Cell Piping Unit.................................................................................................... 4.26
Removing the Power Supply Part....................................................................................................................... 4.28
Removing the UT-7242 POWER BD.................................................................................................................. 4.29
Removing the UT-7244 ANALOG BD................................................................................................................. 4.30
Removing the UT-7241 MAIN BD....................................................................................................................... 4.31
Replacing the UT-7243 DRIVER Board.............................................................................................................. 4.32
Removing the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD......................................................................................................... 4.33
Removing the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD.............................................................................................. 4.34
Removing the UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD.................................................................................................... 4.35
Removing the UT-7250 CONNECTION BD........................................................................................................ 4.36
Removing the UT-7025 PRINTER DRIVER BD.................................................................................................. 4.37
Removing the UT-7246 LCD BD......................................................................................................................... 4.38
Removing the UT-7247 KEY BD......................................................................................................................... 4.39
Removing the CXA-0454 Inverter....................................................................................................................... 4.40

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.1


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

The procedures in this section tell how to remove, replace and install major
components in the instrument.

Before You Begin

Removing, replacing and installing major components should be done by


qualified service personnel.

Warnings and Cautions

WARNING WARNING
To avoid the possibility of injury to yourself or To avoid accidental discharge of static electricity
damage to the instrument, do not install or which could damage the instrument components,
remove any component or change switch settings use a wrist ground strap when installing or
while the power is on and wait 10 minutes after removing any component of the instrument.
the power is off before installing or removing any
component from the instrument.

WARNING WARNING
When replacing any parts or units in the Wear rubber gloves to prevent infection by blood.
instrument, do not touch any part of the
instrument where blood is or may be.

CAUTION CAUTION
Before connecting or disconnecting any cables, Fuses cut off the power when an abnormality
turn off the instrument and unplug the AC power occurs in the instrument. Eliminate the malfunction
cord from the instrument. before replacing the fuse. Use the correct fuse
only. The fuse rating is shown on the holder.

CAUTION CAUTION
Removal and replacement of any component in Use only parts recommended by Nihon Kohden
the instrument should be done by qualified to assure maximum performance from your
service personnel. instrument.

Required Tools
• Anti-static bench mat
• Wrist ground strap
• Phillips screwdriver (insulated type)
• Flat-blade screwdriver (insulated type)
• Tweezers

4.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Caution and Notes Related to Valve Joint, Black Screw and Tube Joint in the Instrument
Valve joint

CAUTION
When connecting the valve joint to the electromagnetic valve, turn
the valve joint clockwise, using moderate force until the valve joint
4
comes to a stop. Do not use extreme force to tighten the valve joint
further because this will damage the tip of the valve joint. If the valve
joint is loosely connected, it will leak.

NOTE
Black screw
Black screws are used to fasten the individual units to the chassis of the
instrument to enable the quick removal and replacement of these units.
However, to fasten the pump unit to the chassis, normal screws are used.

Spring type tube joint


• Spring type tube joints are used in the instrument to prevent
overtightening of the joints, and to prevent loosening of the joints after
the joints are tightened.

• There are 2 types of spring tube joints, white (inlet side) and black
(outlet side). Each tube joint and its corresponding port in the
instrument are marked with the same color or number to ensure
matching.

No spring type tube joint


The no spring type tube joint consists of the O-ring, tube stopper and
fitting nut. To disconnect the tube from this joint, turn the fitting nut
counterclockwise to loosen the joint and pull the tube toward you.
To reconnect the tube to this joint, insert the tube into the fitting nut and
turn the fitting nut clockwise to fasten it.

O-ring Tube Fitting Tube


stopper nut

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.3


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Draining the Hematology Analyzer

To avoid any trouble, drain all fluid from the hematology analyzer. Some of the
units described in this section require the following procedure.

1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning.

2. Remove the diluent tube from the ISO3 diluent inlet, the hemolysing reagent
tube from the HEMO3N and HEMO5 inlets, the detergent tube from the
CLN inlet and the cleanac tube 8 from the CLN3 inlet on the right side
panel.

NOTE
Waste
outlet Do not remove the waste tube from the waste outlet.

Waste container

3. Press the “Drain all” key on the Operation window. A confirmation message
appears.

4. Press the Yes key to drain the reagents. A “Draining the instrument” message
appears and the remaining time is displayed during draining.

4.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5. After the draining is finished, press the main power switch on the rear panel
to turn the power off. The power lamp and main power lamp go off.

WARNING
For safety, before disassembling the hematology analyzer, wait
approx. 10 minutes after turning off the main power switch.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.5


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Opening the Front Cover

1. Remove the four BH4 × 16 screws which secure the front cover to the
hematology analyzer chassis.

2. Slightly pull the front cover toward you and open it as shown below.

4.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the Side Cover

1. Remove the three BH3 × 8 screws with TLW3 which secure the side cover.

2. Remove the side cover by opening it in the direction of the arrow. 4

3. Disconnect the fan cable from the cable connector.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.7


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the Top Cover

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Remove the 4 screws which secure the top cover to the hematology analyzer
chassis on the rear panel.

3. Slide the top cover to the rear and remove it from the chassis.

4.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit

1. Open the front cover according to the procedure described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.
4
2. Release the nine locking wire saddles which secure the cables connected to
the front panel.

3. Open the SHEET (PV-BD) drip-proof cover in the direction of the arrow and
disconnect the four cable connectors A which are connected to the LCD BD.

SHEET(PV-BD) Open toward the arrow.

LCD BD

4. Remove the two PS3 × 6 screws B which secure the SHEET (PV-BD) drip-
proof cover and open the cover which covers the printer.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.9


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5. Remove the four PS3 × 8 screws C which secure the PRINTER DRIVER
BD, lift up the PRINTER DRIVER BD toward the direction of the arrow
and disconnect the cable connector D which is connected to the PRINTER
DRIVER BD.

B B

6. Remove the upper two F3 × 8 screws E and lower two F3 × 6 screws F on


the front panel hinge parts and remove the front panel toward the direction of
arrow.

E
F

4.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the Rear Cover

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.
4
2. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing
the Top Cover”.

3. Remove the 20 BH3 × 8 screws with TLW which secure the rear cover to the
hematology analyzer chassis.

4. Pull the rear cover toward the direction of arrow and remove it.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.11


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.

2. Remove the eight tube joint (1 to 4, 13, 14, 19 and 20) and disconnect the
two cable connectors (a and b) as shown in the illustration.

3. Loosen the four screws which secure the CBC measuring unit until the
screws are removed from the main chassis.

4. Pull the CBC measuring unit toward the direction of arrow.

5. Disconnect the four cable connectors from the rear of the unit (refer to A).
A

Rear of the unit

13
14

19 a

B
20

1
2
3
4

The numbers in the illustration are the tube joint numbers.

6. To assemble the hematology analyzer, reverse the above procedure.

NOTE
When attaching the CBC measuring unit, the screw B is a set screw.
Attach this screw first.

4.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MS-730V Sampler Unit

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.
4
2. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in
“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.

3. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

4. Remove the MC-730V CBC measuring unit according to the procedure


described in “Removing the MC-730V CBC Measuring Unit”.

5. Remove the two tube joint (17 and 18) on the rinse chassis.

6. Loosen the screw “a” and remove the 5 diff sample cup and PharMed tube.

7. Remove the two tube joints which are connected to the 2-way valve of the
MJ-730V (refer to illustration A).

8. Disconnect cable connectors “b” and “c” which are connected to the motor
and cable connector “d” which is connected to the SAMPLER JUNCTION
BD.

9. Remove the four screws which secure the sampler unit and remove the
sampler unit.
A
White

Black
d

Motor

16

17
B

a 18

PharMed tube

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.13


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

The number in the illustration is the tube joint number.

10. To assemble the hematology analyzer, reverse the above procedure.

NOTE
When attaching the sampler unit, attach the screw B first.

4.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Replacing the MS-731V Cap Pierce Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.
4
2. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing
the Side Cover”.

3. Remove the locking wire tube joint 6 and 15.

4. Remove the four PSW3 × 8 screws (black) A which secure the cap pierce
unit and pull the unit toward the direction of arrow.

5. Disconnect the cable connector B which is connected to the cap pierce unit
from the main board.

Remove the bracket which is hooked to the chassis.

15

Disconnect the cable between the


B Driver BD and Mixed Pump BD
A from the main board.

A C
6

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.15


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MO-820V2 Laser Optical Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.

2. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

3. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

4. Disconnect the cable connector A which is connected to the laser optical unit
from the ANALOG BD.

5. Disconnect the tube joint and PharMed tube as shown in the illustration.

6. Remove the four nuts which secure the laser optical unit.

7. Lift up the laser optical unit toward the direction of arrow and remove the
PharMed tube on the bottom.

8. Remove the laser optical unit.

NOTE
The laser optical unit has the raised parts on the bottom. So put the unit
on the dedicated stand and do not put a load on the parts.

Lift in the direction of arrow.

C 4

PharMed tube
(Under MO-820V2 flow cell) PharMed tube

4.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the JQ-731V Valve Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.
4
2. Remove the tube joint 1, 2, 3, 4 and 7.

3. Remove the two PS3 × 6 screws (black) A and pull out the valve unit.

4. Disconnect the cable connector B of the valve unit from the JUNCTION BD.

A
1
2
3
4
7
A

The numbers in the illustration are the tube joint numbers.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.17


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the JQ-732V Valve Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.

2. Remove the JQ-732V valve unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the JQ-732V Valve Unit”.

3. Remove the tube joints 6 and 8.

4. Remove the two PS3 × 6 screws (black) A and pull out the valve unit.

5. Disconnect the cable connector B of the valve unit from the JUNCTION BD.

A 6
8

4.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MP-640V Rotary Pump Unit

1. Remove the front panel unit according to the procedure described in


“Removing the PV-730VK Front Panel Unit”.
4
2. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing
the Side Cover”.
When removing the CBC side rotary pump unit, the right unit must be
removed first.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.19


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the Left CBC Unit


1. Remove the two tube joints which are connected to the pump tube.

2. Disconnect the cable connector A of the rotary pump unit from the
CONNECTION BD.

3. Remove the three screws which secure the rotary pump unit and pull out the
rotary pump unit. Do not damage the rotary sensor on the rear.

C
D

Sensor plate
C

4.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the JQ-730V Inlet/Outlet Unit

1. Remove the front panel according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Front Panel”.
4
2. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing
the Side Cover”.

3. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

4. Remove the rear cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Rear Cover”.

5. Disconnect the four tube joints (3, 4, 51 and 52) from the inlet/outlet unit
and a tube joint (no number) from the rear of the unit. Remove the two tube
joints (4 and 9) from the MJ-730V flow cyto piping unit.

6. Disconnect the PharMed tube A and two cable connectors B which are
connected to the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BOARD.

7. Remove the two black joints C which are connected to the two 3-way valves
of the MP-730V mixed pump unit.

8. Disconnect the cable D from the Driver BD and release the cable clamp E.

9. Remove the four PS3 × 8 screws F which secure the JQ-730V inlet/outlet
unit and remove the unit.
4
PharMed tube 3 Rear of the unit
A
(pressure sensor)

F
52
a
B

4
MJ-730V

51

Black joint

D
E

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.21


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MP-731V Triple Pump Unit

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the UT-7240 VALVE CONNECTION


BS2 as shown in the picture.

JQ-730V 2-way valve cable

MJ-730V pinch valve cable

MJ-730V 2-way valve cable

MP-730V 3-way valve cable

3. Remove the four tube joints A ( two white and two black) from the 3-way
valve A of the MP-731V triple pump unit and remove the tube joint B from
the D of the MP-731V triple pump unit.

4. Remove the four PS3 × 8 screws C (black) which secures the triple pump
unit and pull the unit toward the direction of the arrow.

5. Disconnect the three connectors D from the DRIVER BD, release the tube
from the clamp E and remove the MP-731V triple pump unit.

4.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Black
White
A

A
D

Remove the motor and sensor


cable of the MP-731V and
cable of the Valve Connection
BD 2 from the Driver BD. Ee

Release the tube


from the clamp.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.23


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Remove the four tube joints (33, 45, 46 and A) as shown in the illustration.

3. Remove the cable connector B from the UT-7243 MIXED PUMP BD.

4. Remove the two PS3 × 8 screws (black) which secure the mixed pump unit
and pull the mixed pump unit.

The numbers in the illustration indicate the numbers of the tube joints.

33

45
A

46
C
45

B
46

4.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5. Disconnect the two cable connectors from the DRIVER BD and remove the
mixed pump unit.
When attaching the unit, attach the
MP-730V to the selspacer of the main
chassis and fix it with the screw.

Motor and sensor cables of the MP-730V


Selspacer of the main chassis

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.25


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the MJ-730V Flow Cell Piping Unit

1. Remove the front cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Front Cover”.

2. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

3. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

4. Remove the two tube joints from the 2-way valves and eight tube joints (2,
3, 23, 24, 25, 32, 33 and 38) from the MS-730V sampler unit.

5. Remove the four tube joints (two 45 and two 46) from the 3-way valves of
the MP-731V triple pump unit.

6. Remove the two tube joints from the 2-way valves of the MS-730V, the two
tube joints (45 and 46) from the MS-731V cap pierce unit, and the three tube
joints (16, 17 and 18) from the MJ-730V flow cell piping unit.

7. Remove the four PharMed tube A.

PharMed tube PharMed tube


(under the MO-820V2 flow cell)

PharMed tube
(pressure sensor)
25
2 3
24
32
White

Black

33

45

46

16
23

38

17

18

4.26 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

8. Disconnect the four cable connectors of the flow cell piping unit from the
VALVE CONNECTION BD 1 and 2.

9. Remove the seven screws which secure the flow cell piping unit and pull the
unit out.

B 4

B
B

Main and diluent thermistor


B

User thermistor cable

Heater cable

Measurement SW cable

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.27


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the Power Supply Part

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

3. Remove the rear cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Rear Cover”.

4. Disconnect the six cable connectors which are connected to the POWER BD
and pull the power supply part with the SC chassis toward the direction of
the arrow.

Cable from the Analog BD

Cable from the Liquid Sensor BD

Cable from the Main BD

Cable from the LCD BD

Cable from the FAN

Cable from the Driver BD

4.28 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7242 POWER BD

1. Pull out the power supply part by sliding it according to the procedure
described in “Removing the Power Supply Part”.
4
2. Disconnect the VHR-8N (W120) cable A (black and red) from the power
supply part.

3. Remove the five PS3 × 5 screws B and remove the POWER BD from the SC
chassis ASSY.
PS3 × 5 screws B

Cable A

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.29


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7244 ANALOG BD

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

3. Remove the seven cable connectors which are connected to the ANALOG
BD.

4. Remove the five screws A which secure the ANALOG BD. Pinch the fixture
on the upper center of the board and remove the board.

Pinch the open part


and pull the board
Cable from the ConnectionBD

Cable from the MO-820V2


Release the fixed part
and pull the connector.

A
Cable from the Connection BD

Cable from the Power BD


A
Cable from the Main BD

Cable from the Main BD


Cable from the Main BD

A
A

5. To assemble the hematology analyzer, reverse the above procedure.

4.30 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7241 MAIN BD

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.
4
2. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing
the Top Cover”.

3. Remove the rear cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Rear Cover”.

4. Remove the 13 cable connectors which are connected to the MAIN BD.

5. Remove the five screws a which secure the MAIN BD, pinch the fixture b
on the upper center of the board and remove the board. To disconnect the
connectors on the back, pull the board toward the front panel and remove it.

6. To assemble the hematology analyzer, reverse the above procedure.

Cable from the Analog BD


Cable from the Analog BD Cable from the Analog BD

Cable from the Main BD

Connector from the


Connection BD

Pinch the
open part and
pull the board.

Cable from the LCD BD

Cable from the Driver BD

Cable from the Driver BD

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.31


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Replacing the UT-7243 DRIVER Board

1. Remove the side cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Side Cover”.

2. Remove the top cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Top Cover”.

3. Remove the rear cover according to the procedure described in “Removing


the Rear Cover”.

4. Remove the power supply part according to the procedure described in


“Removing the Power Supply Part”.

5. Disconnect the seven cable connectors which are connected to the DRIVER
BD.

6. Remove the five screws which secure the DRIVER BD, pinch the fixture on
the upper center of the board and remove the board.

7. Reverse the above procedure to assemble the hematology analyzer.

Cable of the sampler motor

Cable of the sub bath junction connector


A

Cable from the Power BD

A
Cable from the Valve
Connection BD 1
Cable from the Main BD

4.32 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD

1. Remove the MP-730V mixed pump unit according to the procedure


described in “Removing the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit”.
4
2. Remove the four PSW4 × 8 screws which secure the MIXED PUMP BD and
the board.

3. Reverse the above procedure to assemble the hematology analyzer.

4. After the replacement, press the power key while holding the reset key and
enter the value on the mixed pump to the MD Coefficient column - Unit
Calib. window - Instrument set - Service - System.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.33


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7235 SAMPLER SENSOR BD

1. Set the measurement mode to closed mode and turn the analyzer power off.

NOTE
If the measurement mode is not set to closed mode, the SAMPLER
SENSOR BD may be impossible to remove because of parts in the way.

2. Open the front cover according to the procedures described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.

3. Remove the three PS3 × 6 screws and SAMPLER SENSOR BD from the
MS-730V sampler unit.

SAMPLER SENSOR BD

4. When attaching the board, adjust the hole A on the board and unit. A bar of
the 2 mm diameter enables easy adjustment.

4.34 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD

1. Remove the LIQUID SENSOR BD after removing the JQ-730V inlet/outlet


unit according to the procedures described in “Removing the JQ-730V Inlet/
Outlet Unit”. 4

2. Remove all the cable connectors and piping tubes which are connected to the
LIQUID SENSOR BD.

3. Remove the four PS3 × 6 screws which fix the LIQUID SENSOR BD to the
JQ-730V chassis and remove the board.

4. Reverse the above procedure to attach the LIQUID SENSOR BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.35


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7250 CONNECTION BD

1. Remove the CONNECTION BD, after removing the MC-730V CBC


measuring unit according to the procedures described in “Removing the MC-
730V CBC Measuring Unit”.

2. Remove the five screws which fix the rear cover of the CBC measuring unit
and remove the rear cover.

3. Disconnect all the cable connectors which are connected to the


CONNECTION BD.

4. Remove the two screws which fix the CONNECTION BD and remove the
board.

5. Reverse the above procedure to attach the CONNECTION BD.

6. Firmly connect the cable connectors.

NOTE
The screw A is ground. Firmly fix the screw when attaching it.

4.36 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7025 PRINTER DRIVER BD

1. Open the front cover according to the procedures described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.
4
2. Remove the two PSW3 × 6 screws A which fix the drip-proof cover and
open the cover.

3. Remove the four screws which fix the PRINTER DRIVER BD and lift up
the board.

4. Remove all the cable connectors which are connected to the PRINTER
DRIVER BD and remove the board.

5. Reverse the above procedure to attach the PRINTER DRIVER BD.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.37


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7246 LCD BD

1. Open the front cover according to the procedures described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.

2. Remove the 11 PSW3 × 6 screws A which secure the drip-proof cover,


release the two locking wire saddles B and remove the drip-proof cover
(refer to the illustration).

3. Remove all the connectors which are connected to the LCD BD.

4. Remove the four PS3 × 6 screws C which secure the LCD BD and the board.
A

A
C

A
C

Inside the
front panel

5. When attaching the new board, reverse the above procedure.

4.38 Service Manual MEK-7300K


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the UT-7247 KEY BD

1. Open the front cover according to the procedures described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.
4
2. Remove the 11 PSW3 × 6 screws A which secure the drip-proof cover,
release the two locking wire saddles B and remove the drip-proof cover
(refer to the illustration).

3. Disconnect the cable connector C which is connected to the KEY BD.

4. Remove the two PS3 × 6 screws D which secure the KEY BD, and remove
the board.
A

C
A

Inside the
front panel

5. When attaching the new board, reverse the above procedure.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 4.39


4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Removing the CXA-0454 Inverter

1. Open the front cover according to the procedures described in “Opening the
Front Cover”.

2. Remove the 11 PSW3 × 6 screws A which secure the drip-proof cover,


release the two locking wire saddles B and remove the drip-proof cover
(refer to the illustration).

3. Remove the ISOLATION SHEET which is hooked to the hole of the inverter
cover (73) and two PS3 × 6 screws C.

4. Remove the two PS3 × 6 screws D which secure the inverter and inverter.
A

Inverter

A
Inverter cover

D
ISOLATION SHEET
C (INVERTER73)

Inside the
front panel

5. When attaching the new inverter, reverse the above procedure.

4.40 Service Manual MEK-7300K


Section 5 Adjustment

Adjusting the Units................................................................................................................................................ 5.2


Adjusting MC-730V Measuring Unit........................................................................................................... 5.2 5
Adjusting Upper, Middle and Lower Sensor Output of the Manometer............................................ 5.4
Setting the Correction Value of the Manometer............................................................................... 5.6
Adjusting the HGB Sensor Output Voltage....................................................................................... 5.7
Adjusting the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit.................................................................................................. 5.9
Setting the Correction Coefficient of the Dilution Ratio.................................................................... 5.9
Adjusting the JQ-730V Inlet/outlet Unit.................................................................................................... 5.11
Adjusting the Liquid Sensor Voltage............................................................................................... 5.11
Checking the Voltage of the Pressure Sensor................................................................................ 5.13
Performing an Optical Adjustment...................................................................................................................... 5.14
Displaying the Adj. Flowcell window......................................................................................................... 5.14
Doing Optical Adjustment......................................................................................................................... 5.15
Doing Optical Adjustment Roughly................................................................................................ 5.15
Doing Fine Optical Adjustment with MEK-CAL.............................................................................. 5.16
Checking the Value of the Data List............................................................................................... 5.20
Checking the Center of the MEK-CAL........................................................................................... 5.21
Displaying the Data List Window.................................................................................................... 5.21
Deleting Data................................................................................................................................. 5.22
Displaying the Optical Adjustment History..................................................................................... 5.22
Deleting Optical Adjustment History.............................................................................................. 5.23
Calibrating the Touch Screen.............................................................................................................................. 5.24
Changing Sound and LCD Settings.................................................................................................................... 5.25
Board Inside Description.................................................................................................................................... 5.26
UT-7241 MAIN BD.................................................................................................................................... 5.26
UT-7244 ANALOG BD.............................................................................................................................. 5.41
UT-7243 DRIVER BD............................................................................................................................... 5.46
UT-7242 POWER BD............................................................................................................................... 5.48
UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD................................................................................................................. 5.50
UT-7246 LCD BD...................................................................................................................................... 5.51

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.1


5. ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting the Units

To adjust the sensor and check and enter the corrected value, the Service screen
must be displayed. To enter the Service screen, change the operator to “Factory”.

1. Press the System key → Users key.

2. Select “Factory” and press the OK key.

3. The password is requested. Enter “4321” and press the Enter key.

When the operator changes, the status bar is changed to yellow.

Adjusting MC-730V Measuring Unit


1. Adjusting the upper, middle and lower sensor output of the manometer:
Adjust the sensor voltage of the each WBC and RBC manometer on the
Sensor Monitor screen.

2. Setting the correction value of the manometer:


Set the volume correction value of the WBC and RBC manometer on the
Sensor Monitor screen.

5.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

3. Adjusting the HGB sensor output voltage:


Adjust the HGB sensor voltage by turning the variable resistor.

The adjustment is performed on the Sensor Monitor screen. Press the System key
→ Service key → Sensor Monitor key.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.3


5. ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting Upper, Middle and Lower Sensor Output of the Manometer


The part which aspirates the diluted blood sample from the aperture when
counting the blood cells and measures the volume is the manometer. The
manometer is a transparent plastic cylinder with upper, middle and lower optical
sensors that detect the fluid level in the manometer. When the sensor voltage is
over 2.5 V, the sensor judges that it is in air. When the sensor voltage is under 2.5
V, the sensor judges that it is in liquid. To leave 1.0 V margin between the two
conditions, the sensor voltage must be adjusted to be less than 1.5 V in liquid and
greater than 3.5 V in air. When the sensor voltage is between 2.25 and 2.75 V,
the “MANO ERROR” alarm occurs because the manometer may misjudge the
situation.

The liquid sensor of the manometer detects the fluid level by the refraction of
light. When liquid is in the manometer, the refractive index of the plastic and
liquid is almost the same and the LED light travels straight to the light receiving
element (PTr) without refraction.

With liquid

LED PTr

Without liquid

LED PTr

When there is no liquid, the LED light refracts and does not reach the light
receiving element (PTr) because the refractive index of the air and plastic is
different.

WBC Up: WBC manometer upper sensor


WBC Lo 360: WBC manometer middle sensor
WBC Lo 500: WBC manometer lower sensor

RBC Up: RBC manometer upper sensor


RBC Lo 360: RBC manometer middle sensor
RBC Lo 500: RBC manometer lower sensor

5.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

The range of the manometer voltage is 1.5 V or less when there is liquid or 3.5
V or more when there is no liquid. If the voltage is out of the range, press the DP
Calib. key and adjust the sensor voltage.

The DP Calibration screen is displayed as follows.

WBC
Up: WBC manometer upper sensor
Lo360: WBC manometer middle sensor 5
Lo500: WBC manometer lower sensor

RBC
Up: RBC manometer upper sensor
Lo360: RBC manometer middle sensor
Lo500: RBC manometer lower sensor

Change the WBC and RBC manometer voltage. Press the desired item to change
and enter the setting value with the numeric key pad. The setting range is 1
to 255. The higher the value, the more voltage is generated. After the setting,
press the Sensor Moni. key to return to the Sensor Monitor screen and check the
voltage.

When the manometer sensor detects liquid, blue LED lights.

RBC manometer upper sensor WBC manometer upper sensor

RBC manometer middle sensor WBC manometer middle sensor

WBC manometer lower sensor


RBC manometer lower sensor

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.5


5. ADJUSTMENT

Setting the Correction Value of the Manometer


The manometer measures 360 μL and 500 μL sample correctly by setting the
correction coefficient of XX% for the sample. The correction coefficient is set at
the factory. Normally you only need to check but not change the coefficient.

Open the Unit Correction Coefficient screen. Press the System key → Service
key → Instrument Set key → Unit Calib. key.

Select the desired item to change. Enter the value with the numeric keypad and
press the Enter key.

When the CBC measuring unit is replaced, the correction coefficient for the new
unit is already set at the factory. So you do not need to set the coefficient.

When only the UT-7249 MEASURING BD is replaced, the correction coefficient


for the new board is not set. Enter the coefficient on the board.

5.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

RBC 360 µL correction coefficient WBC 360 µL correction coefficient

50 51

52 49

RBC 500 µL correction coefficient WBC 500 µL correction coefficient

Adjusting the HGB Sensor Output Voltage


Loosen the screws that fix the HGB cover and remove the HGB cover.
Screw

HGB cover
Pull the cover right
and forward.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.7


5. ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the HGB voltage by turning the volume checking the HGB LED ON and
OFF voltage on the Sensor Monitor screen.

Normal value of the HGB voltage (with water in the measurement bath):
HEG LED ON: 3.0 ±0.5 V
HGB LED OFF: 0.5 V or less

The HGB sensor cancels the effect of ambient light and reads the difference of
HGB LED ON and OFF. Do not adjust the HGB LED OFF voltage. Only check
it. If the voltage is out of range the circuit may be damaged.

5.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting the MP-730V Mixed Pump Unit


Setting the Correction Coefficient of the Dilution Ratio

The diluter part creates the 200 times diluted blood sample by setting the
correction coefficient of XX% for the sample. The correction coefficient is set at
the factory. Normally you only need to check but not change the coefficient.

When the Mixed Pump unit is replaced, the dilution ratio correction coefficient
for the new unit is already set at the factory. So you do not need to set the
coefficient.

When only the UT-7200 MIXED PUMP BD is replaced, the correction


coefficient for the new board is not set. Enter the coefficient on the board.

Open the Unit Correction Coefficient screen. Press the System key → Service
key → Instrument Set key → Unit Calib. key.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.9


5. ADJUSTMENT

Select the MP Coefficient value, enter the value with the numeric keypad and
press the Enter key.

5.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting the JQ-730V Inlet/outlet Unit


Adjusting the Liquid Sensor Voltage
Adjust the sensor voltage of the diluent, detergent and lysing reagent manometer
on the Sensor Monitor window. The liquid sensor detects the fluid level using
the refraction of light. When the liquid is in the manometer, the refractive index
of the plastic and liquid is almost the same and the LED light goes straight and
reaches to the light receiving element (PTr). When there is no liquid, the LED
light refracts and does not reach the light receiving element (PTr) because the 5
refractive index of the air and plastic is different.

Sensor 4
Sensor 3
Sensor 2
Sensor 1

The 5 reagents are connected to the inlet/outlet unit. The following 4 optical
sensors are on the unit to judge the presence and absence of the reagents.

Sensor 2 Sensor 2: for ISOTONAC•3 diluent

Sensor 1: for CLEANAC and CLEANAC•3


detergent and ISOTONAC•3 diluent

Sensor 3: for HEMOLYNAC•3N lysing reagent

Sensor 4: for HEMOLYNAC•5 lysing reagent

Sensor 1

Sensor 3
Sensor 4

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.11


5. ADJUSTMENT

When the sensor voltage is over 2.5 V, the sensor judges it is in air. When the
sensor voltage is under 2.5 V, the sensor judges it is in liquid. To leave 1.0 V
margin between the two states, the sensor voltage must be adjusted to be less
than 1.5 V in liquid and more than 3.5 V in air.

With liquid

PTr
LED

Without liquid

PTr

LE

Press the System key → Service key → Sensor Monitor key.

Diluent1: common for detergent and diluent


Diluent2: diluent
Ly Hemo3: Hemolynac•3N
Ly Hemo5: Hemolynac•5

The range of the voltage is 1.5 V or less when there is liquid or 3.5 V or more
when there is no liquid. If the voltage is out of the range, press the DP Calib. key
and adjust the sensor voltage.

5.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

The DP Calibration screen is displayed as follows.

Change the setting value of the liquid sensor voltage. Press the desired item to
change and enter the setting value with the numeric key pad. The setting range is
1 to 255 and the more value is entered, the more voltage is generated. After the
setting, press the Sensor Moni. key to return to the Sensor Monitor screen and
check the voltage.

Checking the Voltage of the Pressure Sensor


Normally the pressure is relieved and it is atmospheric pressure.

Under this condition, check that the pressure sensor is 0.0 V.

There is a VR to adjust the pressure sensor on the UT-7236 board but a dedicated
tool is needed to apply correct pressure. So do not touch the VR.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.13


5. ADJUSTMENT

Performing an Optical Adjustment

Measure particles and perform optical adjustment (rough and fine) on the Adjust
flow cell window. For details, refer to “Checking the Particle Distribution Width”
in Section 9 of the operator’s manual.

Displaying the Adj. Flowcell window.


1. Press the Adj. Flowcell key to display the Adj. Flowcell window.

2. Press the desired tab to adjust.

3. Press the OK key to return to the System screen.

5.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Doing Optical Adjustment


Adjust the sensitivity and threshold for WBC 5 part measurement by flow
cytometry method. The adjustment enables the analyzer to measure human
blood correctly. After adjusting roughly with YZ-0194 standard particle, adjust
finely with MEK-CAL measurement data. Do the adjustment when installing the
analyzer or when each white blood cell distribution in the scattergram of normal
human blood (stored at room temperature within eight hours after collection) is
outside the area. 5

Doing Optical Adjustment Roughly


1. Press the Rough tab on the Adj. Flowcell window.

2. When the sampling mode is Closed, press the key and change the mode to
Open.

3. Press the count switch to aspirate and count the YZ-0194 normal particles.

4. After measurement, the CV and peak of the FS and FL histogram are


calculated and displayed. Check that the CV of FS and FL are 7.0 % or less.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.15


5. ADJUSTMENT

5. If the CV is more than 7.0 %, press the Clean key to clean the flow cell. If
the CV is still more than 7.0 % after cleaning, adjust the flow cell position.

If the CV of FS and FL is less than 7.0 %, press the Auto key.

6. When another window is displayed after adjustment, the analyzer


automatically performs cleaning.

When doing more detailed setting, do the fine optical adjustment.

Doing Fine Optical Adjustment with MEK-CAL


Do fine optical adjustment using MEK-CAL measurement data to sort the WBC
in 5 part correctly. Adjust the optical sensitivity using the center peak of the
MEK-CAL scatter and move the scattergram distribution to the optimum place.
• Average Peak: Average peak of the two or more MEK-CAL centers
• Ideal Peak: Ideal peak of the optimum center peak
• Current Peak: Latest registered MEK-CAL center peak
• Gain: Gain for optical adjustment
• Target Gain: Optimum target gain
• Current Gain: Currently set gain
• Edit Gain: Gain for manual adjustment

NOTE
• Before fine adjustment, do rough optical adjustment. Measure MEK-
CAL 3 to 5 times.
• Use MEK-CAL for fine optical adjustment. You cannot adjust it correctly
with human blood.
• Use MEK-CAL before the expiration date and follow the storage
condition.

5.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

1. Press the Fine tab on the Adj. Flowcell window.

2. Press the Ideal Peak key to display the MEK-CAL Ideal Peak window.
Switches between the window to register data
for fine optical adjustment and the window to
enter MEK-CAL optical center assay value.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.17


5. ADJUSTMENT

3. Enter the FS, FL and SD ideal peak and FS threshold. Enter the ideal peak
on the assay sheet of the MEK-CAL.
i) Touch the desired item.
ii) Enter the number with the numeric key pad and press the Enter key.

4. Press the Ideal Peak key to return to the Fine window.

5. Enter the SEQ# of MEK-CAL measurement data to use sensitivity


adjustment.

6. Press the Data key to load the measurement data of the New Sample SEQ#.
The scattergram is displayed.

7. Check that the displayed scattergram is optimum for optical adjustment.


Scattergrams which can be used for optical adjustment
• Scattergrams are distributed in a circle.
• Distribution concentrates in a single center.

5.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Scattergrams which cannot be used for optical adjustment 5


• When measuring human blood

• When measuring expired MEK-CAL

• There are ghosts on the lower part.


• There are two or more distributions.

8. When the sample is optimum, press the Register key to register the
measurement data to the data list. Check that the Average Peak is within ±2
of the assay value.

9. If the Average Peak is not within ±2 of the assay value, adjust the gain.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.19


5. ADJUSTMENT

• Auto adjustment
Press the Auto key. The Target Gain is automatically adjusted and set to Current
Gain.

• Manual adjustment
Enter the value for Edit Gain. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor. Press the
Manual key to set the value entered in Edit Gain to the Current Gain.

When adjusting the vertical axis of the scattergram, adjust the FS Gain. When
adjusting the horizontal axis, adjust the FL Gain and SD Gain.

<Example: FS-FL scattergram>


255 To adjust the distribution to the square
area, increase the FS and FL Gain.

FS 127

0 127 255
FL

10. Press the Refresh key and check the settings. The scattergrams are displayed
again using the ratio of Edit Gain and Current Gain.

11. Press the Yes key to return to the Ready screen.

<Calculating Target Gain>


In the Fine tab of the Adj. Flowcell window, the center of the MEK-CAL is
calculated from the scattergram of the data which is registered to the data list.
The Target Gain is calculated from this Average Peak, Ideal Peak and Current
Gain. When the Auto key is pressed, the current gain is changed to the value of
Target Gain and saved.

If the Target Gain is out of the 0 to 255 range or the center of the MEK-CAL
is not calculated, an “Out of range” message is displayed, Target Gain is not
displayed and the Auto key is not available. In this case, do rough adjust flow
cell again.

Checking the Value of the Data List


When the data that can be used for optical adjustment is registered, check that
there is no difference larger than ±2 between Average Peak and Ideal Peak on the
Data List window.

1. Press the Data List tab on the Adj. Flowcell window.

5.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

2. Check that “CAL” is displayed on Mode.

3. Check that there is no difference larger than ±2 between Average Peak and
Ideal Peak.

If there is a difference larger than ±2, delete bad data from the list or adjust
the gain.

Mode
Check that the “CAL” is displayed.

Average Peak
The average value of the
data registered to the list.

Ideal Peak
The peak target value set on the
optical sample setting window.

Check that there is no difference larger than


±2 between Average Peak and Ideal Peak.

Checking the Center of the MEK-CAL


Check that there is no difference larger than ±2 between the Average Peak and
Ideal Peak on the Fine window or Data list window.

Displaying the Data List Window


Press the Data list tab on the Adj. Flowcell screen to display Data list window.
The registered data is displayed in list.
Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.21
5. ADJUSTMENT

Deleting Data
• To delete one data, select the desired data to delete and press the Delete key.

• To delete all data, press the Delete key without selecting data. When a
confirmation message appears, press the Yes key to delete all data.

Displaying the Optical Adjustment History


When doing optical adjustment and changing the gain, the SEQ#, Date, Operator
and values of the latest data are saved as history. Up to 13 histories can be saved.

Press the History tab to display the History window.

5.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Deleting Optical Adjustment History


NOTE
When the operator is set to User, history cannot be deleted.

1. Press the Delete key on the History window of the Adj. Flowcell screen. A
confirmation message appears.

2. Press the Yes key to delete all data.

Press the No key to cancel.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.23


5. ADJUSTMENT

Calibrating the Touch Screen

Calibrate the touch screen when the pressed position and operating position do
not match.

1. Hold down the [ Reset] key until the emergency stop message disappears.
Then press the [ Eject] key while holding down the [ Reset] key. The
Touch panel calibration screen appears.

2. Follow the instructions on the screen to calibrate the screen.

NOTE
Do not use a sharp object to press the mark. Use your finger.

After calibration is completed, the screen returns to the Ready screen.

5.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Changing Sound and LCD Settings

Setting Items

Item Description Default


Measure count Select whether or not to create a sound On, Off On
sound during measurement.
Screen brightness Select the screen brightness. Normal, Normal 5
Darker

Changing Sound and LCD Settings


1. Press the Sound/LCD key on the Settings screen to display the Sound/LCD
window.

2. Change the settings by pressing the check box.

3. Press the OK key to return to the Settings screen.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.25


5. ADJUSTMENT

Board Inside Description

UT-7241 MAIN BD

5.26 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP0301 Vcc (primary power ED 2.87 to 2.93 V: Low Analyzer cannot start. 4
source) voltage detection > 2.93: High
TP0302 5 V (secondary power ED 4.059 to 4.141 V: Low Analyzer cannot start. 3
source) voltage detection > 4.141: High
TP0303 Address bit (A0) is not ED — — 4
used.
TP0304 CPLD spare terminal is ED — — 4
not used 5
TP0305 SRAM chip select ED Address D80000 to Cannot operate correctly 4
DFFFFF: Low (cannot set).
TP0306 CPU input reset signal ED About 100 ms after Analyzer cannot start. 3
detecting 5 V power
source: cancel reset
TP0401 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 5
signal (TCK) is not used.
TP0402 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 5
signal (TDI) is not used.
TP0403 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 5
signal (TMS) is not used.
TP0404 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 5
signal (TDO) is not used.
TP0405 FPGA spare terminal is ED — — 4
not used.
TP0406 FPGA internal circuit ED 2.4 to 2.6 V Cannot operate correctly. 5
auxiliary power (2.5 V)
(MAIN BD circuit control
FPGA)
TP0407 FPGA core power (1.2 V) ED 1.19 to 1.25 V Cannot operate correctly. 5
(MAIN BD circuit control
FPGA)
TP0501 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 2
signal (TCK) is not used.
TP0502 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 2
signal (TDI) is not used.
TP0503 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 2
signal (TMS) is not used.
TP0504 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 2
signal (TDO) is not used.
TP0505 FPGA internal circuit ED 2.4 to 2.6 V Cannot operate correctly. 2
auxiliary power (2.5 V)
(CBC system control
FPGA)
TP0506 FPGA core power (1.2 ED 1.19 to 1.25 V Cannot operate correctly. 2
V) (CBC system control
FPGA)
TP0601 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 1
signal (TCK) is not used.
TP0602 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 1
signal (TDI) is not used.
TP0603 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 1
signal (TMS) is not used.
TP0604 FPGA JTAG connection ED — — 1
signal (TDO) is not used.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.27


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP0605 FPGA internal circuit ED 2.4 to 2.6 V Cannot operate correctly. 2
auxiliary power (2.5 V)
(5 DIFF system control
FPGA)
TP0606 FPGA core power (1.2 V) ED 1.19 to 1.25 V Cannot operate correctly. 1
(5 DIFF system control
FPGA)
TP0801 LCD controller core ED 1.764 to 1.854 V LCD does not display 3
power (1.8 V) correctly.
TP1102 Heater control ED > 40°C: Low Cannot control the heater. 5
TP1401 Vcc voltage ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer cannot start. 5
TP1402 5 V voltage ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer cannot start. 5
TP1403 3.3 V voltage ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer cannot start. 5
TP1404 ED ED — — 5
TP1405 Backup system voltage ED When the power is on: Cannot operate correctly. 5
2.65 to 3.43 V Setting data and clock are
When the power is off: incorrect.
2.4 to 3.1 V
TP1406 Backup system voltage 1 ED When the power is on: Cannot operate correctly. 5
(to check the current) 2.65 to 3.43 V Setting data and clock are
When the power is off: incorrect.
2.4 to 3.1 V
TP1407 Backup system voltage 2 ED When the power is on: Cannot operate correctly. 5
(to check the current) 2.65 to 3.43 V Setting data and clock are
When the power is off: incorrect.
2.4 to 3.1 V
TP1408 Power voltage for the ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Internal printer cannot 5
internal printer operate correctly.
TP1917 Read signal (5 V system: ED At read access: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
CPU output) correctly.
TP1918 Write signal (low byte) (5 ED At write access: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
V system: CPU output) correctly.
TP1919 Write signal (high byte) (5 ED At write access: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
V system: CPU output) correctly.
TP1920 DRAM low column ED When address 400000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
address strobe (5 V 5FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
system: CPU output)
TP1921 DRAM high column ED When address 400000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
address strobe (5 V 5FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
system: CPU output)
TP1922 Chip select (area 0) (5 V ED When address 000000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) 1FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1923 Chip select (area 1) (5 V ED When address 200000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) 3FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1924 DRAM low address strobe ED When address 400000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
(5 V system: CPU output) 5FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1925 Chip select (area 3) (5 V ED When address 600000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) 7FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1926 Chip select (area 4) (5 V ED When address 900000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) 9FFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1927 Chip select (area 5) (5 V ED When address A00000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) BFFFFF is selected: Low correctly.
TP1928 Chip select (area 6) (5 V ED When address C00000 to Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) DFFFFF is selected: Low correctly.

5.28 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP1929 Watchdog timer overflow ED At watchdog timer When the CPU runs away, 3
(5 V system: CPU output) overflow: Low the system is not reset.
TP1930 Spare not used — — — 2
TP1931 CPU output reset signal (5 ED At BOOT start: Low Analyzer cannot start. 4
V system: CPU output) At system start: High
TP1932 RS232C (for PRINTER) ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 3
serial send signal When sending data: serial connected external 232C
data connector (for option) 5
cannot operate correctly.
TP1933 RS232C (for PC) serial ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 3
send signal When sending data: serial connected external 232C
data connector (for serial
board connector 2) cannot
operate correctly.
TP1934 RS232C (for barcode ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 2
reader) serial send signal When sending data: serial connected external 232C
data connector (for barcode
reader) cannot operate
correctly.
TP1935 Internal printer serial send ED Normal times: High Internal printer cannot 5
signal When sending data: serial operate correctly.
data
TP1936 RS232C (for PRINTER) ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 3
serial receive signal When receiving data: connected external 232C
serial data connector (for option)
cannot operate correctly.
TP1937 RS232C (for PC) serial ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 3
receive signal When receiving data: connected external 232C
serial data connector (for serial
board connector 2) cannot
operate correctly.
TP1938 RS232C (for barcode ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 2
reader) serial receive When receiving data: connected external 232C
signal serial data connector (for barcode
reader) cannot operate
correctly.
TP1939 Internal printer serial ED Normal times: High Internal printer cannot 5
receive signal When receiving data: operate correctly.
serial data
TP1940 CPU input reset signal ED At reset: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
correctly.
TP1941 CPU standby signal ED At reset: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
correctly.
TP1942 NMI ED At reset: Low Analyzer does not operate 3
correctly.
TP1943 WAIT signal from the ED When accessing the LCD LCD does not display 4
LCD controller controller: Low correctly.
TP1944 Data bus (D0) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system: CPU output) Access times: depend on correctly.
the data
TP1945 Data bus (D1) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system: CPU output) Access times: depend on correctly.
the data
TP1946 Address bus (A1) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) Access times: depend on correctly.
the data

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.29


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP1947 Address bus (A2) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) Access times: depend on correctly.
the data
TP1948 Power off request signal ED Normal times: Low Cannot power off correctly. 3
from CPU When requesting off: High
TP1949 LCD controller memory ED When LCD controller LCD does not display 4
bank change internal register is correctly.
selected: Low
When VRAM is selected:
High
TP1950 Chip select for SD card ED Low at address C40000 to Cannot use SD card IF. 4
controller C7FFFF
TP1951 Chip select for USB ED Low at address C80000 to Cannot use USB IF. 2
controller CBFFFF
TP1952 SRAM chip select 3 for ED Low at address B00000 to Cannot memory scatter. 4
scatter memory B7FFFF
TP1953 SRAM chip select 2 for ED Low at address A80000 to Cannot memory scatter. 4
scatter memory AFFFFF
TP1954 SRAM chip select 1 for ED Low at address A00000 to Cannot memory scatter. 5
scatter memory A7FFFF
TP1955 SRAM chip select for ED Low at address 800000 to Cannot display scatter 1
scatter decompression 97FFFF correctly.
TP1956 Chip select for driver BD ED Low at address 9A0000 to Actuator does not operate 4
(FPGA) 9AFFFF correctly.
TP1957 Chip select for analog ED Low at address 9B0000 to Cannot measure the CBC 2
system FPGA 9BFFFF and 5 DIFF data correctly.
TP1958 Chip select for MAIN BD ED Low at address 990000 to Analyzer does not operate 4
circuit control FPGA 99FFFF correctly.
TP1959 Chip select for LCD ED Low at address C00000 to LCD does not display 4
controller C3FFFF correctly.
TP1960 Chip select for FLASH ED Low at address 000000 to Analyzer does not operate 5
ROM 3FFFFF correctly.
TP1961 Switch config or download ED Config: Low Analyzer does not operate 2
of FPGA data Download: High correctly or cannot down
load FPGA data correctly.
TP1962 Write signal (high byte) ED At write access: Low Analyzer does not operate 4
correctly.
TP1963 Write signal (low byte) ED At write access: Low Analyzer does not operate 4
correctly.
TP1964 Write signal (high and low ED At write access: Low Analyzer does not operate 5
byte) correctly.
TP1965 SRAM high byte select ED At SRAM access: Low Analyzer does not operate 5
signal correctly.
TP1966 SRAM low byte select ED At SRAM access: Low Analyzer does not operate 5
signal correctly.
TP1967 Read signal ED At read access: Low Analyzer does not operate 1
correctly.
TP1968 DRAM low address strobe ED Low when selecting Analyzer does not operate 4
the address 400000 to correctly.
5FFFFF
TP1969 DRAM high column ED Low when selecting Analyzer does not operate 4
address strobe (5 V the address 400000 to correctly.
system: CPU output) 5FFFFF

5.30 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP1970 DRAM low column ED Low when selecting Analyzer does not operate 4
address strobe (5 V the address 400000 to correctly.
system: CPU output) 5FFFFF
TP1971 System lock ED 25 MHz Analyzer does not operate 2
correctly.
TP1972 RTC clock enable signal ED 32.768 kHz output from Analyzer does not start. 4
RTC at High
TP1973 System reset ED At rest: Low Analyzer does not start. 1 5
TP1974 Power ON or OFF signal ED ON: High Analyzer does not operate 5
other than 5 or 3.3 V. OFF: Low correctly.
TP1975 5 V power ON or OFF ED ON: High Analyzer does not start. 5
control signal OFF: Low
TP1976 3.3 V power ON or OFF ED ON: High Analyzer does not start. 5
control signal OFF: Low
TP1977 Power OFF request signal ED Normal times: Low Cannot turn the power OFF 4
When requesting OFF: correctly.
High
TP1978 ROM for FPGA → CPLD ED Normal times: Low Cannot download the 2
serial data When receiving data: FPGA data correctly.
serial data
TP1979 Configuration completion ED Normal times: Low Analyzer does not start. 4
signal (MAIN BD circuit At config completion:
control FPGA) High
TP1980 Configuration completion ED Normal times: Low Analyzer does not start. 1
signal (CBC system At config completion:
control FPGA) High
TP1981 Configuration completion ED Normal times: Low Analyzer does not start. 1
signal (5 DIFF system At config completion:
control FPGA) High
TP1982 Configuration completion ED Normal times: Low Analyzer does not start. 5
signal (driver BD control At config completion:
FPGA 1) High
TP1983 Chip select for ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 2
for FPGA data storage When selecting ROM: FPGA data correctly.
download (MAIN BD Low
circuit control FPGA)
TP1984 Chip select for ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 2
for FPGA data storage When selecting ROM: FPGA data correctly.
download (CBC system Low
control FPGA)
TP1985 Chip select for ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 2
for FPGA data storage When selecting ROM: FPGA data correctly.
download (5 DIFF system Low
control FPGA)
TP1986 Chip select for ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 2
for FPGA data storage When selecting ROM: FPGA data correctly.
download (driver BD Low
control FPGA 1)
TP1987 Serial data for ROM for ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 3
CPLD → FPGA download When receiving data: FPGA data correctly.
serial data
TP1988 ROM clock for CPLD → ED When accessing the ROM Cannot download the 3
FPGA for FPGA: 3.125 MHz FPGA data correctly.
TP1989 Configuration enable ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not start. 2
signal (FPGA in MAIN At config enable: Low
BD)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.31


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP1990 Configuration enable ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not start. 5
signal (FPGA in DRIVER At config enable: Low
BD)
TP1991 RTC clock ED 32.768 kHz Analyzer does not start. 3
TP1992 SRAM chip select ED Low at address D80000 to Analyzer does not operate 5
DFFFFF correctly (cannot set the
settings etc.).
TP1993 DRIVER BD → MAIN ED Normal times: High Actuator does not operate 4
BD serial communication When receiving data: correctly.
serial data
TP1994 MAIN BD → DRIVER ED Normal times: High Actuator does not operate 5
BD serial communication When receiving data: correctly.
serial data
TP1995 Touch panel controller ED Normal times: High Touch panel is disabled. 3
→ CPU serial When receiving data:
communication serial data
TP1996 CPU → touch panel ED Normal times: High Touch panel is disabled. 3
controller serial When receiving data:
communication serial data
TP1997 CPU → serial EEPROM ED Normal times: High Cannot set the liquid 1
of LIQUID SENSOR BD When receiving data: sensor.
SPI serial data serial data
TP1998 Serial EEPROM of ED Normal times: High Cannot set the diluter. 5
MIXED PUMP BD → When receiving data:
CPU SPI serial data serial data
TP1999 Chip select for serial ED Normal times: High Cannot set the diluter. 5
EEPROM of MIXED When accessing: Low
PUMP BD
TP2000 Clock for serial EEPROM ED Normal times: Low Cannot set the diluter. 5
of MIXED PUMP BD At clock output: 1 MHz
TP2001 CPU → serial EEPROM ED Normal times: High Cannot set the diluter. 4
of MIXED PUMP BD SPI When receiving data:
serial data serial data
TP2002 Chip select for serial ED Normal times: High Cannot set the wave sensor. 1
EEPROM of LIQUID When accessing: Low
SENSOR BD
TP2003 Clock for serial EEPROM ED Normal times: Low Cannot set the wave sensor. 1
of LIQUID SENSOR BD At clock output: 1 MHz
TP2004 Serial EEPROM of ED Normal times: High Cannot set the wave sensor. 1
LIQUID SENSOR BD → When receiving data:
CPU SPI serial data serial data
TP2005 Clock for buzzer control ED Normal times: High Cannot buzz correctly. 3
When controlling: clock
output
TP2006 RS232C (for CRP) serial ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 5
send signal When sending data: serial connected to the external
data 232C connector (for serial
port connector 1) does not
operate correctly.
TP2007 Configuration completion ED Normal times: Low Analyzer does not start. 5
signal (driver BD control At config completion:
FPGA 2) High

5.32 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2008 RS232C (for CRP) serial ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 5
receive signal When receiving data: connected to the external
serial data 232C connector (for serial
port connector 1) does not
operate correctly.
TP2009 Chip select for ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot download the 2
for FPGA data storage When selecting ROM: FPGA data correctly.
download (driver BD Low 5
control FPGA 2)
TP2010 USB overcurrent detection ED Normal times: High Cannot detect the over 1
flag When detecting current failure of USB IF.
overcurrent: Low
TP2011 Spare of LCD controller ED 4
— —
port, not used
TP2012 Spare of LCD controller ED 4
— —
port, not used
TP2013 Chip select for FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
data storage ROM When selecting ROM: configuration correctly.
configuration (MAIN BD Low Analyzer does not start.
circuit control FPGA)
TP2014 Clock for FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 3
data storage ROM At config: clock output configuration correctly.
configuration (MAIN BD Analyzer does not start.
circuit control FPGA)
TP2015 Serial data for FPGA → ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 3
FPGA ROM configuration When receiving data: configuration correctly.
(MAIN BD circuit control serial data Analyzer does not start.
FPGA)
TP2016 Chip select for FPGA data ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
storage ROM (MAIN BD When selecting ROM: configuration correctly or
circuit control FPGA) Low cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2017 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 3
clock (MAIN BD circuit At config: clock output configuration correctly or
control FPGA) cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2018 Input serial data of FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 3
ROM When receiving data: configuration correctly or
serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2019 Output serial data of ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
FPGA ROM When receiving data: configuration correctly or
serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2020 RBC hardware noise flag ED Normal times: Low Cannot detect the RBC 1
When detecting the hardware noise.
hardware noise: High
TP2021 RBC threshold detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 1
flag When detecting: High and PLT data correctly.
TP2022 RBC peak detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 1
When detecting: High and PLT data correctly.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.33


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2023 WBC hardware noise flag ED Normal times: Low Cannot detect the WBC 1
When detecting the hardware noise.
hardware noise: High
TP2024 WBC threshold detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 1
flag (High side) When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
TP2025 WBC threshold detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 1
flag (Low side) When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
TP2026 WBC peak detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 1
When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
TP2027 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 2
signal of RBC manometer When detecting: High and PLT data correctly.
500 μl
TP2028 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 2
signal of RBC manometer When detecting: High and PLT data correctly.
360 μl
TP2029 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 2
signal of RBC manometer When detecting: High and PLT data correctly.
upper part
TP2030 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 2
signal of WBC manometer When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
500 μl
TP2031 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 2
signal of WBC manometer When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
360 μl
TP2032 Liquid sensor detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 2
signal of WBC manometer When detecting: High (CBC) data correctly.
upper part
TP2033 Clock for RBC AD ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the RBC 2
converter When receiving data: 1 and PLT data correctly.
MHz: clock output
TP2034 Clock for WBC AD ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the WBC 1
converter When receiving data: 1 (CBC) data correctly.
MHz: clock output
TP2035 Chip select of WBC ED Normal times: High Cannot store the WBC 2
manometer sensor setting When accessing: Low manometer sensor setting
data storage ROM value
TP2036 Chip select of digital ED Normal times: High Cannot set the WBC 2
potentiometers for WBC When accessing: Low manometer sensor. Cannot
manometer sensor measure the WBC (CBC)
data correctly.
TP2037 Spare, not used ED — — 2
TP2038 Spare, not used ED — — 2
TP2039 Chip select of RBC ED Normal times: High Cannot store the setting 2
manometer sensor setting When accessing: Low value of the RBC
data storage ROM manometer sensor.
TP2040 Chip select of digital ED Normal times: High Cannot set the RBC
potentiometers for RBC When accessing: Low manometer sensor. Cannot
manometer sensor measure the RBC data
correctly.
TP2041 RBC/WBC setting data ED Normal times: High Cannot set the RBC/WBC 2
storage ROM, SPI clock When accessing: clock manometer sensor. Cannot
for digital potentiometers output measure the RBC/WBC
(CBC) data correctly.

5.34 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2042 CPU → RBC/WBC ED Normal times: High Cannot set the RBC/WBC 2
setting data storage ROM, When receiving data: manometer sensor. Cannot
SPI serial data for digital serial data measure the RBC/WBC
potentiometers (CBC) data correctly.
TP2043 RBC/WBC setting data ED Normal times: High Cannot set the RBC/WBC 2
storage ROM → CPU, When receiving data: manometer sensor. Cannot
SPI serial data serial data measure the RBC/WBC
(CBC) data correctly. 5
TP2044 Power ON or OFF control ED Power OFF: Low Cannot measure the HGB 2
signal for HGB LED Power ON: High correctly
TP2045 RBC measurement enable ED When measuring: Low Cannot measure the RBC 2
signal (relay ON/OFF When not measuring: and PLT data correctly.
control) High
TP2046 RBC CAL pulse enable ED When outputting the CAL Cannot check the RBC 2
signal (relay ON/OFF pulse: Low circuit.
control) When not outputting:
High
TP2047 RBC remove clog enable ED When remove clog is ON: Cannot remove the RBC 2
(relay ON/OFF control) Low clog.
When remove clog is
OFF: High
TP2048 RBC peak hold reset ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the RBC 1
signal At reset: Low and PLT data correctly.
TP2049 WBC measurement enable ED When measuring: Low Cannot measure the WBC 2
signal (relay ON/OFF When not measuring: (CBC) data correctly.
control) High
TP2050 WBC CAL pulse enable ED When outputting the CAL Cannot check the WBC 2
signal (relay ON/OFF pulse: Low (CBC) circuit.
control) When not outputting:
High
TP2051 WBC remove clog enable ED When remove clog is ON: Cannot remove the WBC 2
(relay ON/OFF control) Low (CBC) clog.
When remove clog is
OFF: High
TP2052 WBC peak hold reset ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the WBC 1
signal At reset: Low (CBC) data correctly.
TP2053 CAL pulse of RBC/WBC ED Normal times: High Cannot check the RBC/ 1
(CBC) When outputting the CAL WBC (CBC) circuit.
pulse: Low/High
TP2054 RBC AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2 (00): measurement Cannot measure the RBC 1
receive data selection bit 1 data and PLT data correctly.
Bit 1, 2 (01): electrode
voltage
Bit 1, 2 (10): ANA data
TP2055 RBC AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2 (00): measurement Cannot measure the RBC 1
receive data selection bit 2 data and PLT data correctly.
Bit 1, 2 (01): electrode
voltage
Bit 1, 2 (10): ANA data
TP2056 WBC AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): Cannot measure the WBC 1
receive data selection bit 1 measurement data (CBC) data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): electrode
voltage
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): ANA
data
Bit 1, 2, 3 (011): HGB
data

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.35


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2057 WBC AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): Cannot measure the WBC 1
receive data selection bit 2 measurement data (CBC) data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): electrode
voltage
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): ANA
data
Bit 1, 2, 3 (011): HGB
data
TP2058 WBC AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): Cannot measure the WBC 1
receive data selection bit 3 measurement data (CBC) data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): electrode
voltage
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): ANA
data
Bit 1, 2, 3 (011): HGB
data
TP2059 Heater control ED At 40°C or more: Low Cannot control the heater. 1
TP2060 Chip select for FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
data storage ROM When selecting ROM: configuration correctly.
configuration (CBC Low Analyzer does not start.
system control FPGA)
TP2061 Serial data for FPGA → ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
FPGA ROM configuration When receiving data: configuration correctly.
(CBC system control serial data Analyzer does not start.
FPGA)
TP2062 Clock for FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
data storage ROM At config: clock output configuration correctly.
configuration (CBC Analyzer does not start.
system control FPGA)
TP2063 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
chip select (CBC system When selecting ROM: configuration correctly or
control FPGA) Low cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2064 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
clock (CBC system At config: clock output configuration correctly or
control FPGA) cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2065 Input serial data of the ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
FPGA ROM (CBC system When receiving data: configuration correctly or
control FPGA) serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2066 Output serial data of the ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
FPGA ROM (CBC system When receiving data: configuration correctly or
control FPGA) serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2067 5 DIFF FS threshold level ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
detection flag When detecting: High DIFF data correctly.
TP2068 5 DIFF FS peak detection ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
When detecting: High DIFF data correctly.
TP2069 5 DIFF AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): FS data Cannot measure the 5 1
receive data selection bit 1 Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): FL data DIFF data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): SD data

5.36 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2070 5 DIFF AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): FS data Cannot measure the 5 1
receive data selection bit 2 Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): FL data DIFF data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): SD data
TP2071 5 DIFF AD conversion ED Bit 1, 2, 3 (000): FS data Cannot measure the 5 1
receive data selection bit 3 Bit 1, 2, 3 (001): FL data DIFF data correctly.
Bit 1, 2, 3 (010): SD data
TP2072 5 DIFF AD converter ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the 5 1
clock When receiving data; 1 DIFF data correctly. 5
MHz: clock output
TP2073 5 DIFF CAL pulse ED Normal times: High Cannot check the 5 DIFF 1
When outputting the CAL circuit.
pulse: Low/High
TP2074 5 DIFF CAL pulse output ED When outputting the Cannot check the 5 DIFF 1
ON/OFF enable pulse: Low circuit.
When not outputting:
High
TP2075 5 DIFF peak hold reset ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the 5 1
signal At reset: Low DIFF data correctly.
TP2076 Laser key detection output ED Normal times: Low Cannot detect the laser key 1
signal When detecting the laser ON/OFF. Cannot perform
key: High 5 DIFF measurement.
TP2077 Serial data for FPGA → ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
FPGA ROM configuration When receiving data: configuration correctly.
(5 DIFF control FPGA) serial data Analyzer does not start.
TP2078 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
chip select (5 DIFF When selecting ROM: configuration correctly.
control FPGA) Low Analyzer does not start.
TP2079 Clock for FPGA data ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 1
storage ROM (5 DIFF At config: clock output configuration correctly.
control FPGA) Analyzer does not start.
TP2080 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
chip select (5 DIFF When selecting ROM: configuration correctly or
control FPGA) Low cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2081 FPGA data storage ROM ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
clock (5 DIFF control At config: clock output configuration correctly or
FPGA) cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2082 Input serial data of FPGA ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
ROM (5 DIFF control When receiving data: configuration correctly or
FPGA) serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2083 Output serial data of ED Normal times: High Cannot perform FPGA 2
FPGA ROM (5 DIFF When receiving data: configuration correctly or
control FPGA) serial data cannot download the FPGA
data correctly. Analyzer
does not start.
TP2084 LCD controller port ED Normal times: High LCD does not display 5
interrupt When an interrupt occurs: correctly.
Low
TP2085 USB controller interrupt ED Normal times: High USB cannot communicate 1
When an interrupt occurs: correctly.
Low

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.37


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2086 SD card controller ED Normal times: High Cannot use the SD card IF. 3
interrupt When an interrupt occurs:
Low
TP2087 RBC, PLT data receive ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the RBC 3
control interrupt When an interrupt occurs: and PLT data correctly.
Low
TP2088 WBC (CBC), 5 DIFF data ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the WBC 3
receive control interrupt When an interrupt occurs: (CBC) and 5 DIFF data
Low correctly.
TP2089 Manometer sensor, ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
each position sensor, When an interrupt occurs: correctly.
SW, DRIVER BD Low
communication interrupt
TP2090 USB controller interrupt ED Normal times: High USB cannot communicate 3
When an interrupt occurs: correctly.
Low
TP2091 SD card controller ED Normal times: High Cannot use the SD card IF. 2
interrupt When an interrupt occurs:
Low
TP2092 Touch panel controller, ED Normal times: High LCD does not display 3
RTC, LCD controller When an interrupt occurs: correctly. Touch panel is
interrupt Low disabled. Clock data is
incorrect.
TP2093 RS232C (for CRP) ED Normal times: High Instrument that is 3
interrupt When an interrupt occurs: connected to the external
Low 232C connector (for serial
port connector 1) does not
operate correctly.
TP2094 Reset signal of the ED At reset: Low Analyzer does not start. 1
FLASH ROM, USB USB cannot communicate
controller correctly.
TP2095 Baseline release control ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 1
signal when receiving the When detecting the data: and PLT data correctly.
RBC data High
TP2096 RBC pulse width ED Normal times: Low 1
judgement flag, not used When the pulse width is —
abnormal: High
TP2097 Baseline release control ED Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 1
signal when receiving the When detecting the data: (CBC) data correctly.
WBC (CBC) data High
TP2098 WBC (CBC) pulse width ED Normal times: Low 1
judgement flag, not used When the pulse width is —
abnormal: High
TP2099 5 DIFF data receive ED Normal times: High Cannot measure the 5 1
control interrupt When an interrupt occurs: DIFF data correctly.
Low
TP2100 Each position sensor, ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
SW, DRIVER BD When an interrupt occurs: correctly.
communication interrupt Low
TP2101 Read signal for USB ED At read access: Low USB cannot communicate 1
controller correctly.
TP2102 Data bus (D0) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data

5.38 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2103 Data bus (D1) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2104 Data bus (D2) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2105 Data bus (D3) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly. 5
on the data
TP2106 Data bus (D4) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2107 Data bus (D5) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2108 Data bus (D6) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2109 Data bus (D7) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2110 Data bus (D8) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2111 Data bus (D9) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2112 Data bus (D10) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2113 Data bus (D11) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2114 Data bus (D12) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2115 Data bus (D13) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2116 Data bus (D14) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2117 Data bus (D15) (5 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 3
system: CPU output) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2118 Write signal for USB ED At write access: Low USB cannot communicate 1
controller correctly.
TP2119 Data bus (D0) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2120 Data bus (D1) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2121 Data bus (D2) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.39


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP2122 Data bus (D3) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2123 Data bus (D4) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2124 Data bus (D5) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2125 Data bus (D6) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2126 Data bus (D7) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2127 Data bus (D8) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2128 Data bus (D9) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2129 Data bus (D10) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2130 Data bus (D11) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2131 Data bus (D12) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2132 Data bus (D13) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2133 Data bus (D14) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 2
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data
TP2134 Data bus (D15) (3 V ED Normal times: High Analyzer does not operate 1
system) When accessing: depend correctly.
on the data

5.40 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

UT-7244 ANALOG BD

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.41


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP0101 –36 V (power voltage for E36 –35.801 to –36.493 V Cannot measure the data 1
data receiving part data correctly.
measurement)
TP0102 EA (GND for analog EA 0V 1

system circuit)
TP0103 +5 V (digital system ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer does not start. 1
circuit power voltage)
TP0104 ED (GND for digital ED 0V 1

system circuit)
TP0105 +15 V (analog system EA 14.55 to 15.75 V Cannot measure the data 4
circuit power voltage) correctly.
TP0106 –15 V (analog system EA –14.55 to –15.75 V Cannot measure the data 1
circuit power voltage) correctly.
TP0107 E36 (GND for data E36 0V 1
receiving part data —
measurement)
TP0108 +5 V (analog part digital EA 4.8 to 5.2 V Cannot measure the 5 1
system circuit power DIFF data correctly.
voltage) (5 DIFF)
TP0109 +5 V (analog part digital EA 4.8 to 5.2 V Cannot measure the 1
system circuit power RBC/WBC (CBC) data
voltage) (CBC) correctly.
TP0403 RBC measurement data EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 6
ANALOG BD input When checking the and PLT data correctly.
signal (R-IN) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0404 RBC electrode voltage EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 6
ANALOG BD input When measuring the electrode voltage of the
signal (R-ELE) electrode voltage: 36 V RBC measurement part.
or less
TP0405 Baseline correction signal EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 6
of the RBC data receiving When checking the and PLT data correctly.
phase control part measurement or circuit:
(R-ROB) pulse input
TP0406 RBC data receiving phase EA 100 mV Cannot measure the RBC 6
control part threshold and PLT data correctly.
level (RCLLEV)
TP0407 Threshold level detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 6
signal of RBC data When detected: High and PLT data correctly.
receiving phase control
part (R-RBP)
TP0408 Received data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 6
passing the RBC Bessel When checking the and PLT data correctly.
filter (R-FIL) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0409 Baseline release control EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 6
signal when receiving the When detecting the data: and PLT data correctly.
RBC data (R-GATE) High
TP0410 RBC hardware noise flag EA Normal times: Low Cannot detect the RBC 6
(R-NOISE) When detecting the hardware noise.
hardware noise: High
TP0503 RBC threshold level EA Depend on the setting Cannot measure the RBC 3
(R-THR) and PLT data correctly.

5.42 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP0504 Received data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 3
increasing the RBC setting When checking the and PLT data correctly.
sensitivity (R-ANA) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0505 RBC threshold detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 3
flag (R-PLS) When detected: High and PLT data correctly.
TP0506 RBC receiving data peak EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 3
hold signal (R-PH) When checking the and PLT data correctly. 5
measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0507 RBC peak detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 3
(R-PKD) When detected: High and PLT data correctly.
TP0603 WBC (CBC) measurement EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 6
data ANALOG BD input When checking the (CBC) data correctly.
signal (W-IN) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0604 WBC (CBC) electrode EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5
voltage ANALOG BD When measuring the electrode voltage of the
input signal (W-ELE) electrode voltage: 36 V WBC (CBC) measurement
or less part.
TP0605 Baseline correction signal EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 5
of the WBC (CBC) data When checking the (CBC) data correctly.
receiving phase control measurement or circuit:
part (W-ROB) pulse input
TP0606 WBC (CBC) data EA 100 mV Cannot measure the WBC 5
receiving phase control (CBC) data correctly.
part threshold level
(WCLLEV)
TP0607 Threshold level detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 5
signal of WBC (CBC) When detected: High (CBC) data correctly.
data receiving phase
control part (W-RBP)
TP0608 Received data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 6
passing the WBC (CBC) When checking the (CBC) data correctly.
Bessel filter (W-FIL) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0609 Baseline release control EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 6
signal when receiving When detecting the data: (CBC) data correctly.
the WBC (CBC) data High
(W-GATE)
TP0610 WBC (CBC) hardware EA Normal times: Low Cannot detect the WBC 5
noise flag (W-NOISE) When detecting the hardware noise.
hardware noise: High
TP0703 WBC (CBC) High EA Depend on the setting Cannot measure the WBC 3
threshold level (CBC) data correctly.
(W-THR-H)
TP0704 WBC (CBC) Low EA Depend on the setting Cannot measure the WBC 3
threshold level (CBC) data correctly.
(W-THR-L)
TP0705 Received data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 3
increasing the WBC When checking the (CBC) data correctly.
(CBC) setting sensitivity measurement or circuit:
(W-ANA) pulse input
TP0706 WBC (CBC) Low EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 3
threshold detection flag When detected: High (CBC) data correctly.
(W-PLS-L)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.43


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP0707 WBC (CBC) High EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 3
threshold detection flag When detected: High (CBC) data correctly.
(W-PLS-H)
TP0708 WBC (CBC) receiving EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 3
data peak hold signal When checking the (CBC) data correctly.
(W-PH) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0709 WBC (CBC) peak EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 3
detection (W-PKD) When detected: High (CBC) data correctly.
TP0801 HGB measurement data EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the HGB 6
When detected: several V correctly.
TP0802 WBC (CBC) AD EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the WBC 2
converter receiving data When detected: several V (CBC) data correctly.
Cannot measure the HGB
correctly.
TP0803 RBC AD converter EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the RBC 3
receiving data When detected: several V and PLT data correctly.
TP0901 Receiving data before 5 EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
DIFF FS peak hold (CL1) When checking the DIFF data correctly.
measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0902 5 DIFF FS measurement EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
data ANALOG BD input When checking the DIFF data correctly.
signal (ANA1) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0903 5 DIFF FS receiving data EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
peak hold signal (PHA1) When checking the DIFF data correctly.
measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP0904 Baseline correction signal EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
of the 5 DIFF FS data When checking the DIFF data correctly.
receiving phase control measurement or circuit:
part (RB1) pulse input
TP0905 5 DIFF FS data receiving EA 460 mV Cannot measure the 5 4
phase control part DIFF data correctly.
threshold level (RBTHR)
TP0906 Threshold level detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
signal of the 5 DIFF FS When detected: High DIFF data correctly.
data receiving phase
control part (RBP)
TP0907 Baseline release control EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
signal when receiving the When detecting the data: DIFF data correctly.
5 DIFF FS data (GATE) High
TP0908 Receiving data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
passing the 5 DIFF FS When checking the DIFF data correctly.
Bessel filter (FIL1) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1001 5 DIFF FL measurement EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
data ANALOG BD input When checking the DIFF data correctly.
signal (ANA2) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1002 Receiving data before EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
the 5 DIFF FL peak hold When checking the DIFF data correctly.
(CL2) measurement or circuit:
pulse input

5.44 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding BD
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin Area
TP1003 Receiving data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 4
passing the 5 DIFF FL When checking the DIFF data correctly.
Bessel filter (FIL2) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1004 5 DIFF FL receiving data EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
peak hold signal When checking the DIFF data correctly.
measurement or circuit:
pulse input 5
TP1101 5 DIFF SD measurement EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 5
data ANALOG BD input When checking the DIFF data correctly.
signal (ANA3) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1102 Receiving data before the EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 5
5 DIFF SD peak hold When checking the DIFF data correctly.
measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1103 Receiving data after EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 5
passing the 5 DIFF SD When checking the DIFF data correctly.
Bessel filter (FIL3) measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1104 5 DIFF FL receiving data EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 2
peak hold signal (PHA2) When checking the DIFF data correctly.
measurement or circuit:
pulse input
TP1201 5 DIFF FS threshold level EA Depend on the setting Cannot measure the 5 1
(ANA1-THR) DIFF data correctly.
TP1202 Threshold level for 5 EA 460 mV Cannot measure the 5 2
DIFF FS peak detection DIFF data correctly.
TP1203 5 DIFF FS threshold EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 2
detection flag (THP) When detected: High DIFF data correctly.
TP1204 5 DIFF FS peak detection EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 2
(PKD) When detected: High DIFF data correctly.
TP1301 5 DIFF AD converter EA Normal times: Low Cannot measure the 5 1
receiving data When detected: several V DIFF data correctly.
TP1401 Not used — — — 5

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.45


5. ADJUSTMENT

UT-7243 DRIVER BD

5.46 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin
TP0101 +5 V (digital system circuit ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer does not start.
power voltage)
TP0102 +3.3 V (digital system circuit ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer does not start.
power voltage)
TP0103 +12 V (power voltage for E12 11.75 to 12.45 V Three-way valve, buzzer
three-way valve, pinch valve, and fan do not operate. LCD
buzzer, fan and LCD inverter) backlight is dark. Analyzer
does not operate correctly. 5
TP0104 ED (GND for digital system ED 0V

circuit)
TP0105 +15 V (power voltage for two- EM15V_2 14.55 to 15.75 V Two-way valve does not
way valve) 2 operate. Analyzer does not
operate correctly.
TP0106 +24 V (power voltage for ED 21.6 to 26.4 V Motor does not start.
motor) Analyzer does not operate
correctly.
TP0107 +15 V (power voltage for two- EM15V_1 14.55 to 15.75 V Two-way valve does not
way valve) 1 operate. Analyzer does not
operate correctly.
TP0108 ED (GND for digital system ED 0V

circuit)
TP0109 EDM12V (GND for three-way E12 0V
valve, pinch valve, buzzer, fan —
and LCD inverter)
TP0110 EM15V_2 (GND for two-way EM15V_2 0V

valve)
TP0111 EM15V_1 (GND for two-way EM15V_1 0V

valve)
TP0112 E24 (GND for motor) E24 0V —
TP0201 Chip select for FPGA data ED Normal times: High Cannot download the FPGA
storage ROM download When selecting ROM: Low data correctly.
(DRIVER BD control FPGA1)
TP0202 ROM clock for CPLD → ED When accessing the FPGA Cannot download the FPGA
FPGA ROM: 3.125 MHz data correctly.
TP0203 ROM download serial data for ED Normal times: High Cannot download the FPGA
CPLD → FPGA When receiving data: serial data correctly.
data
TP0204 Chip select for FPGA data ED Normal times: High Cannot download the FPGA
storage ROM download When selecting ROM: Low data correctly.
(DRIVER BD control FPGA2)
TP0205 Switch configuration or ED Config: Low Cannot download the FPGA
download of FPGA data Download: High data correctly.
TP0301 FPGA internal circuit ED 2.4 to 2.6 V Cannot operate correctly.
supplemental power (2.5 V)
(DRIVER BD control FPGA1)
TP0302 FPGA core power (1.2 V) ED 1.19 to 1.25 V Cannot operate correctly.
(DRIVER BD control FPGA1)
TP0501 FPGA internal circuit ED 2.4 to 2.6 V Cannot operate correctly.
supplemental power (2.5 V)
(DRIVER BD control FPGA2)
TP0502 FPGA core power (1.2 V) EA 1.19 to 1.25 V Cannot operate correctly.
(DRIVER BD control FPGA2)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.47


5. ADJUSTMENT

UT-7242 POWER BD

5.48 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

Symbol Corresponding
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin
TP0101 E24 E24 0V —
TP0102 DC 24 V (switching power E24 21.6 to 26.4 V Analyzer does not start.
output)
TP0103 EDP (GND for internal printer EDP 0V

power)
TP0104 +5 VP (power voltage for EDP 4.93 to 5.21 V Internal printer does not
internal printer) operate.
5
TP0105 ED (GND for digital system ED 0V

circuit)
TP0106 +3.3 V (digital system circuit ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer does not start.
power voltage)
TP0107 ED (GND for digital system ED 0V

circuit)
TP0108 +5 V (digital system circuit ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer does not start.
power voltage)
TP0201 +22 V (voltage for generate E24 21.14 to 22.43 V Cannot measure the data
the analog power voltage –15 correctly.
V)
TP0202 E24 E24 0V —
TP0203 +22 V (voltage for generate E24 21.14 to 22.43 V Cannot measure the data
the analog power voltage +15 correctly.
V)
TP0204 E24 E24 0V —
TP0205 +15 V (analog system circuit EA 14.55 to 15.75 V Cannot measure the data
power voltage) correctly.
TP0206 EA (GND for analog system EA 0V

circuit)
TP0207 –15 V (analog system circuit EA –14.55 to –15.75 V Cannot measure the data
power voltage) correctly.
TP0208 E36 (GND for data receiving E36 0V

part data measurement)
TP0209 –36 V (power voltage for E36 –35.801 to –36.493 V Cannot measure the data
data receiving part data correctly.
measurement)
TP0301 +15 V (power voltage for two- EM15V_1 14.55 to 15.75 V Two-way valve does not
way valve) 1 operate. Analyzer does not
operate correctly.
TP0302 +12 V (power voltage for E12 11.75 to 12.45 V Three-way valve, buzzer
three-way valve, pinch valve, and fan do not operate. LCD
buzzer, fan and LCD inverter) backlight is dirk. Analyzer
does not operate correctly.
TP0303 +15 V (power voltage for two- EM15V_2 14.55 to 15.75 V Two-way valve does not
way valve) 2 operate. Analyzer does not
operate correctly.
TP0601 Voltage for generating the clog ED About 100 to 170 V Cannot generate the clog
removing voltage removing voltage.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.49


5. ADJUSTMENT

UT-7236 LIQUID SENSOR BD

Symbol Corresponding
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin
TP0101 –15 V (analog system circuit EA –14.55 to –15.75 V Cannot measure the data
power voltage) correctly.
TP0102 EA (GND for analog system EA 0V

circuit)
TP0103 +15 V (analog system circuit EA 14.55 to 15.75 V Cannot measure the data
power voltage) correctly.
TP0104 +5 V (digital system circuit ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer does not start.
power voltage)
TP0105 ED (GND for digital system ED 0V

circuit)
TP0106 Liquid sensor detection signal ED No liquid: 3.5 V or more Analyzer does not operate
(detergent) With liquid: 1.5 V or less correctly.
TP0107 Liquid sensor detection signal ED No liquid: 3.5 V or more Analyzer does not operate
(Isotonac3) With liquid: 1.5 V or less correctly.
TP0108 Liquid sensor detection signal ED No liquid: 3.5 V or more Analyzer does not operate
(Hemoynac3N) With liquid: 1.5 V or less correctly.
TP0109 Liquid sensor detection signal ED No liquid: 3.5 V or more Analyzer does not operate
(Hemolynac5) With liquid: 1.5 V or less correctly.
TP0201 Pressure data EA Normal times: about 3.0 V Analyzer does not operate
Abnormal sheath pressure: correctly.
4.5 V or more
Abnormal pressure sensor:
1.0 V or less

5.50 Service Manual MEK-7300K


5. ADJUSTMENT

UT-7246 LCD BD

Symbol Corresponding
Check Purpose Judging Standard Extent of the Effect
Number Ground Pin
TP0101 Vcc voltage ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer does not start.
TP0102 5 V voltage ED 4.93 to 5.21 V Analyzer does not start.
TP0103 3.3 V voltage ED 3.25 to 3.43 V Analyzer does not start.
TP0104 ED ED — —
TP0105 +12 V (power voltage for E12 11.75 to 12.45 V Buzzer does not operate
buzzer, fan and LCD inverter) correctly. LCD backlight is
dirk.
TP0106 E12 (GND for buzzer, fan and E12
— —
LCD inverter)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 5.51


Section 6 Maintenance

To be Replaced Periodically................................................................................................................................. 6.2


Periodic Maintenance Check Procedure.............................................................................................................. 6.3
Preparation................................................................................................................................................. 6.3
Appearance................................................................................................................................................ 6.3
Safety......................................................................................................................................................... 6.3 6
Reagents.................................................................................................................................................... 6.4
Cleaning/Replacing.................................................................................................................................... 6.4
Sensor Monitor Screen............................................................................................................................... 6.5
Circuit Check Screen.................................................................................................................................. 6.5
Background noise....................................................................................................................................... 6.6
Measuring the Polymer Microsphere Suspensions.................................................................................... 6.6
Measuring the MEK-5DN Hematology Control.......................................................................................... 6.6
Current Calibration Coefficients................................................................................................................. 6.7
New Calibration Coefficients...................................................................................................................... 6.7
Software Version........................................................................................................................................ 6.7
Checking the Operations............................................................................................................................ 6.7
Built-in Printer Unit Operation (When the printer is installed)..................................................................... 6.8
External Printer Unit Operation (When the external printer is connected)................................................. 6.8
Bar Code Reader Operation (When the bar code reader is installed)........................................................ 6.8
Others......................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
Displaying User Maintenance Screen.................................................................................................................. 6.9
General....................................................................................................................................................... 6.9
Displaying the User Maintenance Screen.................................................................................................. 6.9
Replacing Filters................................................................................................................................................. 6.11
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.11
Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 6.11
Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray.............................................................. 6.14
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.14
Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 6.14
Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling Nozzles, Cap Pierce Nozzle and Sample Cup.. 6.18
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.18
Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 6.18
Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Sampling Nozzles................................................................................. 6.23
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.23
Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 6.23
Replacing Pump Tube......................................................................................................................................... 6.27
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.27
Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 6.27
Removing a Clog from the Aperture................................................................................................................... 6.31
Cleaning Aperture Caps..................................................................................................................................... 6.33
Materials Required................................................................................................................................... 6.33
Procedures............................................................................................................................................... 6.33
Calibrating the Touch Screen.............................................................................................................................. 6.38
Maintenance Check Sheet....................................................................................................................... 6.39

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.1


6. MAINTENANCE

To be Replaced Periodically

• Sampling nozzle
Replace the sampling nozzle once a year. It may affect the measurement
accuracy.
• Pinch valve tube
Replace the pinch valve tube once a year. It may affect the measurement
accuracy. For replacement, contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
• Rinse O ring
Replace the rinse O ring once a year. It may affect the measurement accuracy.
For replacement, contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
• Pump tube
Replace the pump tube every four months or every 3000 measurements. It may
affect the measurement accuracy.
• Filter
Replace the filter every 1000 measurements. It may affect the measurement
accuracy.
• Solenoid valve (replace some valves according to the status of use)
Replace the solenoid valve every 5 years or 25000 measurements. It may affect
the measurement accuracy. The number of measurement can be checked on
the third page of the User Maintenance window. For replacement, contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.

Refer to the following list for the code number and supply code of the periodic
replacement parts.

Periodic Model/
Name Supply code
replacement parts Code no.
Sampling nozzle (two Sample tube assy YZ-0341 T444C
nozzles)
Pinch valve tube Pharmed tube 1 × 3 - 260 6114-924208 —
Pinch valve tube Pharmed tube 100 6114-094961 —
Rinse O ring O ring AS568-003 925538 —
Pump tube Pump tube assy YS-001B1 T462
Filter (10 filters) Hemoglobin filter assy YS-002B2 T802
Solenoid valve — — —

6.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Check Procedure

Preparation
According to Section 2 “Preparation” of the operator’s manual, turn on the power
and check the obtained data from the hematology analyzer before the periodic
maintenance check by counting the diluent and MEK-5D hematology control.
The obtained data must be printed out with the optional printer or written for
the record of the maintenance check. Also check that the “Priming” operation is
6
normal after turning on the power. Prepare a container, syringe and CLEANAC·3
detergent to clean fluid path components such as aperture cap. When calibration
in capillary mode is required, prepare the T857 sample cup and T812 or T813
micro cap.

Appearance
Check that there is no damage or fluid leakage on the hematology analyzer.

Safety
Checking the power cord
• Check that there is no damaged AC plug and exposed wire on the power cord.
• Check that the 3-pin plug type power cord is used and the 3 pins and plug
housing are not deformed.
• Check that the resistance of the protective ground line of the power cord is 0.1
Ω or less by using an earth tester or check the continuity with a multimeter.

Check that the earth leakage current is 0.5 mA or less under normal condition.
Check that the earth leakage current is 1.0 mA or less under each single fault
condition.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.3


6. MAINTENANCE

Reagents
Check that Nihon Kohden recommended diluent, detergent and hemolysing
reagent are used. Check that these reagents are used before the expiration date.

Cleaning/Replacing
1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to start strong cleaning.

2. Disconnect the diluent, detergent and reagent tubes other than the waste fluid
tube from the right side panel of the hematology analyzer.

3. Press the Drain all key on the Operation screen to drain all the fluid inside
the hematology analyzer.

4. Turn off the main power switch on the rear panel.

5. Open the front cover according to the procedure described in “Opening the
Front Cover” of Section 4 “Disassembly and Assembly”.

6. Perform the following checking, cleaning and replacing.

Cleaning the rinse unit


Clean the rinse unit according to the procedure described in “Checking and
Cleaning the Rinse Unit and Sampling Nozzles” in this section.

Cleaning the cap pierce needle


Clean the cap pierce needle according to the procedure described in “Checking
and Cleaning the Cap Pierce Rinse Unit, Sampling Nozzle and Cap Pierce
Needle” in this section.

Replacing the filters


Replace the filters with new ones according to the procedure described in
“Checking, Cleaning or Replacing the Filters” in this section.

Replacing the pump tubes


Replace the pump tubes with new ones according to the procedure described in
“Checking and Replacing the Pump Tubes” in this section.

Cleaning the sub baths, measurement baths and sampling cup


Clean the sub baths, measurement baths and sampling cup according to the
procedure described in “Checking and Cleaning the Sub Baths, Measurement
Baths, and Sampling Cup” in this section.

Cleaning the aperture caps


Clean the aperture caps according to the procedure described in “Cleaning the
Aperture Caps” in this section.

Cleaning the touch screen


Clean the touch screen with a soft cloth moistened with 80% alcohol.
6.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K
6. MAINTENANCE

Checking and replacing the sampling nozzles


Check the sampling nozzles and replace them with new ones if they are damaged
or PLT background noise increases according to the procedure described in
“Checking and Replacing the Sampling Nozzles” in this section.

Sensor Monitor Screen


1. Turn on the main power switch on the rear panel.

2. While pressing the Reset key on the front panel, press the Power key on the 6
front panel. The power turns on without priming. The Ready screen appears.

3. Press the System key on the screen. The System screen appears.

4. Press the Service key on the System screen. The Service screen appears.

5. Press the Sensor Monitor key on the Service screen. The Sensor Monitor
screen which displays each sensor output voltage appears.

6. Check that the sensor output voltages of WBC Up, WBC Lo 360, WBC Lo
500, RBC Up, RBC Lo 360, RBC Lo 500, Diluent 1, Diluent 2, Ly Hemo3
and Ly Hemo5 are 3.5 V or more under no fluid condition. Write down each
voltage on the check sheet.

7. Connect the diluent, detergent and reagent tubes to the right side panel of the
hematology analyzer.

8. Press the Operation key on the screen. The Operation screen appears.

9. Press the Refill all key on the Operation screen. The screen returns to the
Ready screen after priming operation is completed.

10. Check that the following sensor output voltages are displayed on the Sensor
Monitor screen. Write down each voltage on the check sheet. If there is a
sensor output voltage out of the acceptable range, adjust the sensor output
voltage for the acceptable range according to Section 5 “Adjustment”.
WBC Up, WBC Lo 360, WBC Lo 500, RBC Up, RBC Lo 360, RBC Lo
500, Diluent 1, Diluent 2, Ly Hemo3 and Ly Hemo5: 1.5 V or less
ELECTRODE: 17.7 V to 18.3 V
HGB LED ON: 1.5 V to 4.5 V (Adjust this voltage for 2.9 V to 3.1 V if it is
out of 1.5 V to 4.5 V.)
HGB LED OFF: 0.5 V or less

Circuit Check Screen


1. Press the Operation key on the screen. The Operation screen appears.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.5


6. MAINTENANCE

2. Press the Circuit Check key on the Operation screen. The Circuit check
screen which displays the check result of specified measurement parameters
appears.

3. Check that the following values are displayed on the Circuit Check screen.
WBC: 8.0±5%
RBC: 1.6±5%
HGB ON: 1.5 V to 4.5 V
HGB OFF: 0.5 V or less
MCV: 100±15%
PLT: 160±5%
Sensitivity and threshold
WBC: 5 (sensitivity), 4 (threshold)
RBC: 5 (sensitivity), AT (AUTO) or 5 (threshold)
PLT: 5 (threshold)

Background noise
1. Press the count switch to count the diluent so that the background noise is
checked. Refer to “Measuring Background Noise” in Section 2 “Preparation”
of the operator’s manual. The measurement result appears.

2. Check that the following values are displayed on the screen.


WBC: 0.2 or less (× 103/μL)
RBC: 0.05 or less (× 106/μL)
HGB: 0.1 or less (g/dL)
PLT: 10 or less (× 103/μL)
TOC: 100 or less

Measuring the Polymer Microsphere Suspensions


1. Measure the polymer microsphere suspensions according to the procedure
described in “Performing an Optical Adjustment” in Section 5 “Operating
Instructions” of the operator’s manual.

2. Check that the CV of FS and FL are 7% or less on the Adj. Flowcell screen.
If the CV is more than 7%, clean the flow cell, measure the polymer
microsphere suspensions again, and adjust the flow cell position.

Measuring the MEK-5DN Hematology Control


1. Write down the lot number of the MEK-5DN hematology control on the
check sheet.

2. Check the reproducibility by measuring the MEK-5DN hematology control.


Refer to “Counting the Hematology Control” in Section 11 “Quality
Control” of the operator’s manual.

6.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

3. Check that the obtained results are within the acceptable range. If the
obtained data is out of the range, go to “New Calibration Coefficients”.

Current Calibration Coefficients


1. Press the Calibration key on the screen. The Calibration screen appears.

2. Measure the hematology control according to the facility’s requirement. The


current calibration coefficients are displayed on the screen.
6
3. Write down the calibration coefficients on the check sheet if the obtained
results are within the acceptable range at “Measuring the MEK-5DN
Hematology Control” in this section.

New Calibration Coefficients


1. Write down the lot number of the MEK-3DN hematology control on the
check sheet.

2. Measure the MEK-3DN hematology control three times. Refer to Section 6


“Calibration” of the operator’s manual.

3. Calibrate the hematology analyzer by entering the new calibration coefficient


or measured data. Refer to Section 6 “Calibration” of the operator’s manual.

NOTE
Before entering the new calibration coefficient or measured data, ask
the customer if you can change the setting. Some customers calibrate
the hematology analyzer for data consistency with other manufacturers’
hematology analyzers.

Software Version
1. Press the System key on the screen. The System screen appears.

2. Press the User Maint. key on the System screen. The User Maintenance
screen appears.

3. Press the arrow key to display the fourth page.

4. Write down the software version on the check sheet.

Checking the Operations


Touch screen
Check the touch screen function. Refer to “Calibrating Touch Screen” in this
section.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.7


6. MAINTENANCE

Date and time


Check the date and time settings. Refer to “Setting Date and Time” in Section 5
“Operating Instructions” of the operator’s manual.

Automatic cleaning operation


Check that the automatic cleaning operations are normal during this maintenance
check.

Fluid leakage
Check that there is no fluid leakage on the hematology analyzer, especially after
each automatic cleaning operation.

Dispense operation
Check that the constant volume of the diluent is properly dispensed when
pressing the Dispense key on the screen in pre-dilution mode.

Open/Closed mode selection operation


Check that the cap pierce unit properly works when selecting the Open mode or
Closed mode.

Built-in Printer Unit Operation (When the printer is installed)


Check that pressing the Feed key on the front panel feeds the recording paper
and there is no dot missing on the paper by pressing the Print key on the front
panel.

External Printer Unit Operation (When the external printer is connected)


Check that the paper feed operation properly works on the external printer and
there is no dot missing on the paper.

Bar Code Reader Operation (When the bar code reader is installed)
1. Clean the light emitter and detector parts with a cotton swab moistened with
80% alcohol.

2. Check that the bar code reading operation properly works.

Others
Write down any other points on the check sheet.

6.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Displaying User Maintenance Screen

General
You can display the total operating time, total number of counts, and number
of counts that filters and pump tubes are used to determine the maintenance
schedule.

When filters or tubes are used more than the following number of sample counts,
6
the messages appears on the Ready screen to prompt you to check and replace
them.
Filters: 1000 counts
Pump tubes: 3000 counts
Cap pierce needle: 1000 counts

Displaying the User Maintenance Screen


1. Press the User Maint. key on the System screen to display the User
Maintenance screen.

2. Press the arrow key to display the second page.

Number of counts the


sampling nozzle is used

Number of counts the


filters are used

Number of counts the


rinse unit is used
Number of counts the pump
tubes are used

Number of counts the cap pierce


needle is used

The screen shows the number of counts that filters, pump tubes, cap pierce
needle, sampling nozzle and rinse unit are used.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.9


6. MAINTENANCE

After checking and replacing filters, pump tubes, cap pierce needle, sampling
nozzle and rinse unit, reset the counts to zero by pressing the Reset key.

3. Press the OK key to return to the System screen.

6.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Replacing Filters

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips screwdriver
• Tweezers

6
Procedure
Replace the filters when they are clogged, dirty and/or after every 1,000 sample
counts.

Replace the filter packing when they are dirty, deformed or damaged. For
replacing the filter packing, contact your Nihon Kohden representative.

1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5 of the operator’s manual.

2. Press the Drain baths key on the Operation screen to drain the measurement
baths and sub baths. Refer to “Draining Measurement Baths and Sub Baths”
in Section 5 of the operator’s manual.

Main power switch 3. Turn off the main power by pressing the main power switch on the rear panel
of the analyzer.

4. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

5. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.11


6. MAINTENANCE

6. Remove the 4 filter joint assemblies by turning the tube connectors.


Filter
packing
Filter

Filter joint

Filter joint

Filter 7. Remove the filter from each assembly. Use tweezers to remove any dust
from the filter. If it is still dirty, replace it with a new one.

Replace the filter packing when they are dirty, deformed or damaged. For
replacing the filter packing, contact your Nihon Kohden representative.

8. Reattach the filter joint assemblies to the bottom of the RBC measurement
Filter packing bath and air trap. Make sure that the tube with the same number as the
number label on the attaching part is connected back to the original position.
Only finger tighten the filter joint.

NOTE
• When attaching the filter joint assembly, be careful not to bend or
damage the filter packing at the bottom of the measurement bath.
• If there is leakage noted after installment of the filter, check that there
are no scratches or damage around the filter. Damage may occur if a
component is overtightened.

9. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with the two screws on each side of the
front cover.

10. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts priming the
fluid pathway.

6.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

11. If filters were replaced, reset the filter counter. Before resetting the counter,
the measurement baths and sub baths should be cleaned. Refer to the
“Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths, Sub Baths and MC Tray”
section.

To reset the counter, check <Filters> and press the Reset key on the User
Maintenance screen to reset the counts to zero.

12. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

13. Measure background noise at least twice.

14. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.13


6. MAINTENANCE

Checking and Cleaning Measurement Baths, Sub Baths and


MC Tray

Check the measurement baths, sub baths and MC tray every day.

Clean the measurement baths, sub baths and MC tray when there is any blood or
dust on them. (Once a month or every 1,000 sample counts)

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips and flat-blade screwdrivers
• CLEANAC•3 detergent
• Dry lint-free cloth

Procedure
NOTE
• The sub bath and measurement bath are made of special plastic. When
cleaning the sub bath and measurement bath, do not damage the
surface (inside). After cleaning, do not touch the surface (inside) with
bare hands. It may be the cause of dirt.
• Do not use alcohol to clean the sub bath and measurement bath.

1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5.

2. Press the Drain baths key on the Operation screen to drain the measurement
baths and sub baths. Refer to “Draining Measurement Baths and Sub Baths”
in Section 5.

6.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Main power switch 3. Turn off the main power by pressing the main power switch on the rear panel
of the analyzer.

4. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

5. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

6. Pull up the four tabs of the MC tray until they click and release the cable
clamp on the bottom of the tray.

Cable clamp
7. Remove the MC tray by pulling up.

8. Rinse the MC tray with water and wipe it with a dry lint-free cloth.

9. Loosen the two screws beside the measurement bath.

10. Loosen the screw on the HGB cover and remove the HGB cover.

HGB cover

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.15


6. MAINTENANCE

11. Check the WBC and RBC measurement baths and sub baths. If there is any
blood or dust on them, remove and clean them taking the following steps.

Step 16 Step 12 12. Remove the tube joint connected to the WBC measurement
Sub baths WBC meas bath bath by turning the knurl joint.

13. Remove filter joints on the RBC and WBC measurement bath
assemblies by turning the tube connectors. The joint with filter
is connected to the RBC measurement bath. Remove the filter
packing together with the filter joints.

Tube joint Tube 14. Loosen the screws fastening the measurement baths. (The
screws cannot be removed from the measurement baths.)

Steps 14,15 Step 13


RBC meas bath 15. Remove the measurement baths by pulling them toward you
Meas baths
Filter packing to remove them from the aperture and then pulling them
downward.

16. Remove the sub baths by pulling them to the center.

17. Soak the measurement baths and sub baths in CLEANAC•3


detergent for about 10 minutes.
Aperture cap

Filter Filter joints 18. Rinse the measurement baths and sub baths with water and
wipe them with a dry lint-free cloth.

19. Reattach the sub baths to their original positions.

20. Reattach the measurement baths so that the sub bath is in the measurement
bath, the shaft of the sub bath is in the tab of the measurement bath, and the
round indent of the measurement bath fits the aperture.

21. Tighten the screws which were loosened in step 9 to fasten the measurement
baths.

NOTE
RBC measurement bath Before tightening the screws, check and remove any dirt or rust on and
around the screws. If dirt or rust is present, noise alarm may occur during
measurement.

22. Reconnect the filter joints to the RBC and WBC measurement bath
Filter packing
assemblies by turning the tube connectors. Attach the filter packing to the
RBC measurement bath.

NOTE
When connecting the filter joints to the RBC measurement bath, check
the following:
• The filter packing is not bent or damaged.
• The filter joint is fixed firmly.

6.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

• If there is leakage after installing the filter, check that there are no
scratches or damage around the filter and connect the joint again.

23. Reattach the tube joint to the WBC measurement bath by turning the knurl
joint.

24. Reattach the HGB cover and fasten it with three screws.

25. Put the MC tray so that the fixing tabs and holes of the clump match.

26. Push the fixing tab to fix the MC tray and fix the cable with the cable clamp
6
on the bottom of the tray.

Cable clamp

27. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with two screws on each side.

28. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts priming the
fluid pathway.

29. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

30. Measure background noise at least twice.

31. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.17


6. MAINTENANCE

Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Rinse Unit, Sampling


Nozzles, Cap Pierce Nozzle and Sample Cup

Check and clean the rinse unit and cap pierce nozzle once a month or every
1,000 sample counts whichever comes first.

WARNING
The cap pierce nozzle is sharp and potentially contaminated with
infectious materials. Be careful when handling the cap pierce nozzle
and performing this procedure.

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips and flat-blade screwdrivers
• Cotton swabs
• CLEANAC•3 detergent
• Lint-free pad
• New cap pierce nozzle (when required)

Procedure
1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5.

2. Press the Drain baths key on the Operation screen to drain the measurement
baths and sub baths. Refer to “Draining Measurement Baths and Sub Baths”
in Section 5.

6.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

3. Press the [Power] key while holding down the [Reset] key to turn the power
off. Check that the power lamp is off.

4. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

5. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

6. Check the following parts for dirt or blood clot. Remove blood or salt
crystals on the rinse unit and the tip of the cap pierce nozzle and sampling
nozzles with a cotton swab or lint-free pad moistened with CLEANAC•3
detergent.

Rinse unit (top view)


Cap pierce nozzle
(top view)

Rinse unit
(bottom view)
Cap pierce nozzle
(bottom view with the tube
holder opened)

Tip of sampling nozzles

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.19


6. MAINTENANCE

If the cap pierce nozzle is damaged or dirt or blood cannot be removed, replace
Cap pierce nozzle
the cap pierce nozzle with a new one.

Joint To replace the cap pierce nozzle:


i) Turn the cap pierce nozzle 90º clockwise.

ii) Remove the joint from the cap pierce nozzle.

iii) Pull the cap pierce nozzle up to remove it.

iv) Reattach the joint to the new cap pierce nozzle.

v) Insert the cap pierce nozzle into the cap pierce nozzle guide and turn the cap
pierce nozzle 90º counterclockwise.

7. Turn the rinse unit cap counterclockwise to remove the rinse unit.

8. Loosen the joint assemblies to remove the tubes. Be careful not to lose the
O-ring from the rinse unit.

9. Insert a cotton swab into the rinse unit from the bottom and push out the
O-ring to remove it from the rinse unit.

10. Wipe the inside of the rinse unit and rinse unit cap with a cotton swab
moistened with CLEANAC•3 detergent. If they are still dirty, soak them in
CLEANAC•3 for about 10 minutes.

NOTE
Do not use alcohol to clean the rinse unit.

6.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

11. Rinse the rinse unit, rinse unit cap and O-ring with water and dry thoroughly
with a dry cloth.

12. Reattach the O-ring to the rinse unit and return the rinse unit and rinse unit
cap to the original position.

When replacing the O-ring, clean the rinse unit and rinse unit cap and attach
the new O-ring.

13. Remove the tube from the sample cup.


Sample cup 6
Screw 14. Remove the joint from the bottom of the sample cup. Remove the filter and
filter packing together with the joint.
Filter
packing
15. Loosen the screw of the sample cup and remove the sample cup by turning
Filter the sample cup clockwise.

Joint Tube

Joint 16. Remove the transparent joint.

17. Soak the sample cup in CLEANAC•3 for about 10 minutes.

18. Rinse the sample cup with water and dry thoroughly with a dry cloth.

19. Reattach the joint which was removed in step 14 to the bottom of
the sample cup. Attach the packing inside the sample cup.

Sample cup
NOTE
Screw
• Do not bend the packing inside the sample cup.
Filter • Attach the joint firmly.
packing • If there is a leak, check that the filter is not damaged or
cracked and attach the joint again.
Filter
Tube 20. Reattach the transparent joint.
Joint

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.21


6. MAINTENANCE

21. Reattach the sample cup to the original position and fix the cup with screw.

22. Reattach the tube.

23. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with two screws on each side.

24. Press the main power switch on the rear panel to turn on the main power.

25. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts priming the
fluid pathway.

26. If the rinse unit and cap pierce nozzle were checked and cleaned, the rinse
unit and cap pierce nozzle counter will have to be reset. To reset the counter,
check <Rinse unit> and/or <Cap Pierce> and press the Reset key on the User
Maintenance screen to reset the counts to zero.

27. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

28. Measure background noise at least twice.

29. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

6.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Checking, Cleaning and Replacing the Sampling Nozzles

Check and clean the sampling nozzles once every four months or every 3,000
sample counts whichever comes first.

When PLT background count increases or the sampling nozzle is bent, replace
the sampling nozzles with a new one.

6
WARNING
The sampling nozzles are sharp and potentially contaminated with
infectious materials. Be careful when handling the sampling nozzles
and performing this procedure.

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips and flat-blade screwdrivers
• Cotton swabs
• CLEANAC•3 detergent
• Lint-free pad
• New sampling nozzle(s) (when required)

Procedure
1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.23


6. MAINTENANCE

2. Press the Drain baths key on the Operation screen to drain the measurement
baths and sub baths. Refer to “Draining Measurement Baths and Sub Baths”
in Section 5.

Main power switch 3. Turn off the main power by pressing the main power switch on the rear panel
of the analyzer.

4. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

5. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

6. Check the sampling nozzles for dirt or blood clot. Remove blood or salt
crystals on the tip of the sampling nozzles with a cotton swab or lint-free pad
moistened with CLEANAC•3 detergent.

If the sampling nozzle is damaged or dirt/blood cannot be removed, replace


the sampling nozzle with a new one.

To replace sampling nozzles:


Sampling nozzle screw i) Loosen the sampling nozzle screw from each of the sampling
nozzle.

NOTE
Be careful not to drop the screws into the analyzer.

6.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

ii) Remove the joint from each sampling nozzle.

Sampling nozzle NOTE


Diluent may flow out from the sampling nozzle when the
joint is removed.

iii) Turn each sampling nozzle 45º clockwise.


iv) Pull the sampling nozzle up to remove it.

Black joint White joint

v) Attach the new sampling nozzles by reversing the above


procedure. Make sure that the white joint is attached to the
right sampling nozzle and the black joint to the left sampling
nozzle. Fasten the sampling nozzles with the sampling nozzle
screws.
NOTE
Attach the sampling nozzles correctly by letting the nozzles
into the guides.

7. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with the two screws on each side.

8. Press the main power switch on the rear panel to turn on the main power.

9. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts priming the
fluid pathway.

10. If the sampling nozzles were checked and cleaned, the sampling nozzle
counter will have to be reset. To reset the counter, check <Sampling nozzle>
and press the Reset key on the User Maintenance screen to reset the counts
to zero.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.25


6. MAINTENANCE

11. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

12. Measure background noise at least twice.

13. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

6.26 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Replacing Pump Tube

Check the pump tube for water droplets and leaks every day.

Replace the pump tube when there are water droplets or leaks. (Once every 4
months or every 3,000 sample counts whichever comes first.)

NOTE
Do not leave the pump tube with water droplets or leaks on it. 6

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips screwdriver

Procedure
1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5 of the operator’s manual.

2. Press the Drain baths key on the Operation screen to drain the measurement
baths and sub baths. Refer to “Draining Measurement Baths and Sub Baths”
Main power switch in Section 5 of the operator’s manual.

3. Turn off the main power by pressing the main power switch on the rear panel
of the analyzer.

4. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.27


6. MAINTENANCE

5. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

6. Check the pump tube for water droplets and leaks. If any droplet or leak is
found, replace the tube with a new one by using the following steps.

Pump tube

7. Remove the pump covers.

Pump cover

Tube holder
8. Pull out the white tube joint from the tube holder and pull out the pump tube
Black by turning the pump rotator counterclockwise. Then pull the black tube joint
out of the tube holder.

White
Pump rotator
6.28 Service Manual MEK-7300K
6. MAINTENANCE

9. Remove the white and black tube joints and replace the pump tube.

Tube holder 10. Return the white tube joint to the original position and push the pump tube
into the tube guide by turning the rotator counterclockwise.
6

Pump rotator

White

Tube guide

Pump tube

Tube holder 11. Return the black tube joint to the original position.

White NOTE
Black
• Be careful not to pinch the new pump tube between the tube guide and
housing. This may damage the pump tube.
• Do not attach the black tube joint to the tube holder before the white
tube joint because internal compressed air may disconnect the tube.
• Put back the pump tube properly. If the pump tube has slack, remove
the slack by turning the rotator clockwise. If the pump tube has slack, it
will be damaged by the tube guide.
• Make sure the joints are held properly by the tube holder as shown
below. Otherwise, the pump tube may be damaged or the life of the
Pump rotator pump tube will be shortened.

Without slack, either


side can be front.

12. Reattach the pump covers.

13. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with the two screws on each side.

14. Press the main power switch on the rear panel to turn on the main power.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.29


6. MAINTENANCE

15. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts priming the
fluid pathway.

16. If the pump tube was replaced, the pump tube counter will have to be reset.
To reset the counter, check <Pump tube> and press the Reset key on the User
Maintenance screen to reset the counts to zero.

17. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

18. Measure background noise at least twice.

19. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

6.30 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Removing a Clog from the Aperture

When the “CLOG” alarm occurs, remove the clog by the following procedure.

1. Press the Operation key on the screen to display the Operation screen.

2. Press the Remove clog key on the Operation screen. The confirmation
message appears.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.31


6. MAINTENANCE

3. Press the Yes key to remove the clog from the aperture. The analyzer starts
removing the clog and the “Removing clog” message appears on the screen.
Press the No key to cancel the procedure.

After removing the clog, the screen returns to the Operation screen.

6.32 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Cleaning Aperture Caps

Materials Required
• Powder-free gloves, lab coat, safety glasses
• Phillips and flat-blade screwdrivers
• Dry cloth or tissue paper
• CLEANAC•3 detergent
• Microscope
6

Procedures
For daily cleaning of the aperture caps, press the [ Clean] key on the front
panel.

However, if the “CLOG” message frequently appears or the background count is


high, clean the aperture caps as directed in the following procedure.

NOTE
The aperture caps are behind the measurement baths.

1. Press the Strong clean key on the Operation screen to perform strong
cleaning to disinfect inside the analyzer. Refer to “Strong Cleaning” in
Section 5 of the operator’s manual.

2. Remove the diluent tube from the ISO3 inlet, the hemolysiing reagent tubes
from the HEMO3 and HEMO5 inlets, and the detergent tubes from the
CLN3 inlets on the right side panel.

NOTE
Waste comes out from the CLN inlet when Drain all is performed.
Waste
outlet
3. Press the Drain all key on the Operation screen.

Waste container

A confirmation message appears on the screen.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.33


6. MAINTENANCE

4. Press Yes to start draining the analyzer.

NOTE
Be sure all reagent has drained into the container. Failure to do so may
result in a liquid spill.

Main power switch 5. After draining, turn off the main power by pressing the main power switch
on the rear panel of the analyzer.

6. Remove the two screws on each side of the front cover of the hematology
analyzer.

7. Open the front cover by pulling it from the right side. Check that the tube
holder is closed before opening the front cover.

6.34 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

8. Pull up the four tabs of the MC tray until they click and release the cable
clamp on the bottom of the tray.

Cable clamp

9. Remove the MC tray by pulling it up.


6

10. Loosen the two screws beside the measurement bath.

11. Remove the screw on the HGB cover and remove the HGB cover.

HGB cover

WBC meas bath 12. Remove the tube joint connected to the WBC measurement
bath by turning the knurl joint.

13. Remove the filter joints on the RBC and WBC measurement
bath assemblies by turning the tube connectors.

14. Loosen the screws fastening the measurement baths. (The


Tube joint Tube screws cannot be removed from the measurement baths.)
Step 13
15. Remove the measurement baths by pulling them toward you
to remove them from the aperture and then pulling them
Measurement bath Filter packing
RBC meas bath downward.

Aperture cap
Steps 15,16 Joint
Filter
Step 14
Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.35
6. MAINTENANCE

16. Place a cloth or tissue paper under your hand and remove the aperture cap by
Aperture cap
pulling it toward you. If it is not easy to pull the aperture cap, move it slowly
left and right to remove it.

17. Carefully rinse the aperture cap. Remove all protein build-up, especially
from the inside. The condition of the aperture cap can be checked with a
100× microscope.

18. If a clog or dust still remains in the aperture caps, soak the aperture caps in
CLEANAC•3 detergent for about an hour.

CAUTION
Handle the aperture caps with care. They can be damaged if a sharp
object is used to clean them.

19. Rinse the aperture caps with water and replace them in
Aperture cap the original positions. Make sure that the black O-ring is
Concave facing the hole (analyzer side).

Analyzer NOTE
When replacing the aperture cap, do not push the
Do not push the center. aperture cap with your ball of finger. The aperture cap
may be broken.

Aperture cap

6.36 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Measurement bath Sub bath 20. Reattach the measurement baths so that the sub bath is in the
measurement bath, the shaft of the sub bath is in the tab of the
measurement bath, and the round indent of the measurement
bath fits the aperture.
Screw
21. Tighten the screws which were loosened in step 15 to fasten
the measurement baths.

NOTE
Aperture cap Before tightening the screws, check and remove any
Step 21, 22 dirt or rust on and around the screws. If dirt or rust is 6
present, noise alarm may occur during measurement.

22. Reconnect the filter joints to the RBC and WBC measurement
bath assemblies by turning the tube connectors. Attach the
filter packing to the RBC measurement bath.
NOTE
• Do not bend the packing inside the sample cup.
WBC meas bath
• Attach the joint firmly.
RBC meas bath • If there is a leak, check that the filter is not damaged or
cracked and attach the joint again.

23. Reattach the tube joint to the WBC measurement bath by


turning the knurl joint.
Filter Tube joint
packing 24. Reattach the HGB cover and fasten it with the screw.

25. Put the MC tray so that the fixing tabs and holes of the clump
match.
Joint
26. Push the fixing tab to fix the MC tray and fix the cable with the
Filter cable clamp on the bottom of the tray.
Step 23, 24

Cable clamp

27. Reattach the front cover and fasten it with the two screws on
each side.

28. Press the [Power] key to turn on the power. The analyzer starts
priming the fluid pathway.

29. Fill in the Maintenance Check Sheet.

30. Measure background noise at least twice.

31. Run quality controls before running patient samples.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.37


6. MAINTENANCE

Calibrating the Touch Screen

Calibrate the touch screen when the pressed position and operating position do
not match.

1. Hold down the [ Reset] key until the emergency stop message disappears.
Then press the [ Eject] key while holding down the [ Reset] key. The
Touch panel calibration screen appears.

2. Follow the instructions on the screen to calibrate the screen.

NOTE
Do not use a sharp object to press the mark. Use your finger.

After calibration is completed, the screen returns to the Ready screen.

6.38 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Check Sheet


Fill out and save this check sheet each time you do maintenance or service.
Date:

Customer:
Customer Address:
Service Personnel: Service Company:
Instrument Name: Hematology Analyzer Instrument Model: MEK-7300K
Instrument Serial Number: Hardware Revision:
Software Version: 6

Appearance
There is no damage on the hematology analyzer. Yes No
There is no fluid leakage on the hematology analyzer. Yes No

Safety
There is no damaged AC plug and exposed wire on the power cord. Yes No
3-pin plug type power cord is used and the 3 pins and plug housing are not deformed. Yes No
Resistance of the protective ground line of the power cord is 0.1 Ω or less. Yes No
Earth leakage current is 0.5 mA or less under normal condition. Yes ( mA) No
Earth leakage current is 1.0 mA or less under each single fault condition. Yes ( mA) No

Reagents
Nihon Kohden recommended diluent, detergent and hemolysing reagent are used. Yes No
ISOTONAC·3 diluent is not past the expiration date. Yes No
CLEANAC detergent is not past the expiration date. Yes No
CLEANAC·3 detergent is not past the expiration date. Yes No
HEMOLYNAC·3N hemolysing reagent is not past the expiration date. Yes No
HEMOLYNAC·5 hemolysing reagent is not past the expiration date. Yes No

Cleaning/Replacing
Rinse unit is cleaned. Yes No
Cap pierce needle is cleaned. Yes No
Four filters are replaced with new ones. Yes No
Two pump tubes are replaced with new ones. Yes No
Sampling cup (Bath for WBC 5 part differential measurement) is cleaned. Yes No
Two sub baths and two measurement baths are cleaned. Yes No
Two aperture caps are cleaned. Yes No
Touch screen is cleaned with a soft cloth moistened with 80% alcohol. Yes No
Two sampling nozzles are cleaned or replaced with new ones if they are damaged or
PLT background noise increases. Yes No

Serial Number Setting screen


Write the serial number on the Serial Number Setting screen. Serial number:
If the MAIN BD (UT-7253) is replaced, enter the new serial number on the screen.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.39


6. MAINTENANCE

Sensor Monitor Screen


Write each sensor output voltage on the Sensor Monitor screen as follows:
- WBC Up: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- WBC Lo360: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- WBC Lo500: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- RBC Up: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- RBC Lo360: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- RBC Lo500: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- Diluent1: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- Diluent2: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- Ly Hemo3: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- Ly Hemo5: _____V under no fluid condition (Acceptable range: 3.5 V or more)
- WBC Up: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- WBC Lo360: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- WBC Lo500: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- RBC Up: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- RBC Lo360: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- RBC Lo500: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- Diluent1: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- Diluent2: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- Ly Hemo3: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- Ly Hemo5: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V or less)
- HGB LED ON: _____V with fluid (Acceptable range: 1.5 V to 4.5 V)
- HGB LED OFF: _____V with no fluid (Acceptable range: 0.5 V or less)
- ELECTRODE: _____V filled with fluid (Acceptable range: 17.7 V to 18.3 V)
- MJ (Warmer temperature): _____°C filled with fluid
- CD (Temperature inside chassis): _____°C filled with fluid
- DILUTER CF: _____ (Compensation of dilution ratio)
- MEAS UNIT CF: _____ (Compensation of manometer volume)

Circuit Check Screen


Write each value on the CIRCUIT CHECK screen as follows:
- WBC: ______(Acceptable range: 8.0±5%)
- RBC: ______(Acceptable range: 1.6±5%)
- HGB ON: ______(Acceptable range: 1.5 V to 4.5 V)
- HGB OFF: ______(Acceptable range: 0.5 V or less)
- MCV: ______(Acceptable range: 100±15%)
- PLT: ______(Acceptable range: 160±5%)
- Sensitivity: WBC: (___), RBC: (___)
- Threshold: WBC: (___), RBC: (___), PLT: (___)

Background Noise Check


Write each value displayed on the screen after pressing the count switch:
- WBC: ____ (Acceptable range: 0.2 or less (x 103/μL))
- RBC: ____ (Acceptable range: 0.05 or less (x 106/μL))
- HGB: ____ (Acceptable range: 0.1 or less (g/dL))
- PLT: ____ (Acceptable range: 10 or less (x 103/μL))
- TOC: ____ (Acceptable range: 100 or less)

6.40 Service Manual MEK-7300K


6. MAINTENANCE

Check with Polymer Microsphere Suspensions


Write each value on the PARTICLE TEST screen when the polymer microsphere suspensions
are aspirated with the sampling nozzle.
- FS CV%: ___ (Acceptable range: 7% or less)
- FS PEAK: ___
- FL CV%: ___ (Acceptable range: 7% or less)
- FL PEAK: ___
- TOC: ___

Check with MEK-5DN Hematology Control


Write down the lot number of the MEK-5DN hematology control and all the X-R data on the X-R 6
(NORMAL) screen when the hematology control is aspirated with the sampling nozzle.
Lot No. of MEK-5DN: _____________
- WBC: X ____, R ____
- NE%: X ____, R ____
- LY%: X ____, R ____
- MO%: X ____, R ____
- EO%: X ____, R ____
- BA%: X ____, R ____
- RBC: X ____, R ____
- HGB: X ____, R ____
- HCT: X ____, R ____
- MCV: X ____, R ____
- MCH: X ____, R ____
- MCHC: X ____, R ____
- PLT: X ____, R ____

Current Calibration Coefficients


Write down the calibration coefficients as follows:
- WBC: ____ (Venous blood mode), ____ (Capillary blood mode)
- RBC: ____ (Venous blood mode), ____ (Capillary blood mode)
- HGB: ____ (Venous blood mode), ____ (Capillary blood mode)
- HCT: ____ (Venous blood mode), ____ (Capillary blood mode)
- PLT: ____ (Venous blood mode), ____ (Capillary blood mode)
- NE%: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- LY%: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- MO%: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- EO%: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- BA%: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- RDW: ____ (Venous blood mode)
- MPV: ____ (Venous blood mode)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 6.41


6. MAINTENANCE

New Calibration Coefficients


Write down the lot number of the MEK-CAL calibrator, new calibration coefficients
and measured data as follows:
Lot No. of MEK-CAL: _____________

Venous blood Capillary blood


Parameter Measured data Calibration coefficient Measured data Calibration coefficient
WBC
RBC
HGB
HCT
PLT
NE%
LY%
MO%
EO%
BA%
RDW
MPV

Software Version
Write down the software version on the User Maintenance screen:
Software version: ___________

Operations
Touch screen function is checked. Yes No
Date and time settings are checked. Yes No
Automatic cleaning operations are normal during this maintenance check. Yes No
There is no fluid leakage on the hematology analyzer. Yes No
Constant volume of the diluent is properly dispensed when pressing the
Dispense key on the screen in pre-dilution mode. Yes No
Cap pierce unit properly works and the Open mode or Closed mode is selected. Yes No

Built-in Printer Unit Operation (When the printer is installed)


Pressing the Feed key on the front panel feeds the recording paper and there is
no dot missing on the paper by pressing the Print key on the front panel. Yes No

External Printer Unit Operation (When the external printer is connected)


Paper feed operation properly works on the external printer and there is no dot
missing on the paper. Yes No

Bar Code Reader Operation (When the bar code reader is connected)
Light emitter and detector parts are cleaned with a cotton swab moistened with
80% alcohol. Yes No
Bar code reading operation properly works. Yes No

Others
Write down any other points on this sheet.

6.42 Service Manual MEK-7300K


Section 7 Service Screen

General................................................................................................................................................................. 7.2
Displaying the Service Screen.............................................................................................................................. 7.3
Sensor Monitor Screen......................................................................................................................................... 7.5
DP Calibration............................................................................................................................................ 7.5
MV Check Screen................................................................................................................................................. 7.6
Unit Check Screen................................................................................................................................................ 7.9 7
MC Unit Noise Check Screen..................................................................................................................... 7.9
MP-730V (Diluter) Check Screen............................................................................................................. 7.10
MP-730V (Sheath) Check Screen............................................................................................................ 7.10
MP-731V (Lyse Pump) Check Screen...................................................................................................... 7.11
Sample Pump (MP-731V) Check Screen . .............................................................................................. 7.11
Sub Bath Check Screen........................................................................................................................... 7.12
Sampler (MS-730V) Check screen........................................................................................................... 7.12
Cap Pierce (MS-731V) Check Screen...................................................................................................... 7.13
Continuous Measurement Screen...................................................................................................................... 7.14
SD Card Screen................................................................................................................................................. 7.15
Printer Settings Screen...................................................................................................................................... 7.16
Morpho. Flag Settings Screen............................................................................................................................ 7.17
Language Settings Screen................................................................................................................................. 7.19
Display Settings Screen..................................................................................................................................... 7.20
Advanced Settings Screen................................................................................................................................. 7.21
Sens/Threshold Screen...................................................................................................................................... 7.23
Instrument Settings Screen................................................................................................................................ 7.25
Serial Number Setting Screen............................................................................................................................ 7.26
XD-CV Screen.................................................................................................................................................... 7.27
X10-CV Screen................................................................................................................................................... 7.28
X31-CV Screen................................................................................................................................................... 7.29
Calibration Limit Setting...................................................................................................................................... 7.30
Unit Correction Coefficient Screen..................................................................................................................... 7.31
Initial Menu Screen............................................................................................................................................. 7.32
Dummy Data Screen.......................................................................................................................................... 7.33
Serial Setting Screen.......................................................................................................................................... 7.34

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.1


7. SERVICE SCREEN

General

Provided on the Service screen has useful functions for servicing the MEK-7300.

These functions are not used by the user; therefore, they are not mentioned on
the Operator’s Manual.

They are intended for use by appropriately skilled service personnel. Improper
use can cause leaks inside the equipment.

The Service screen includes functions that can only be used with dedicated tools
at a factory. Without the specific tools, such functions do not operate. Do not use
these functions, which are not explained in this Service Manual.

The Service screen is subject to addition of functions for reasons such as


improvement of productivity. For information on how to use new functions,
contact the Customer Support Center of the Analyzer Business Planning
Department.

Never use the functions without learning how to use them. There is a risk of
damaging the analyzer if the functions are used without proper knowledge.

7.2 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Displaying the Service Screen

1. To access the Service screen, the User setting must be set to [Factory].

i) Select [System] on the right side of the window and select [Users].
ii) Select [Factory] and press [OK].
iii) When you are prompted to enter the password, enter [4321] and press
the [ENTER] key.
iv) The bar at the top of the window turns orange when the operator
changes.
7

2. Select [System] on the right side of the window and select [Service].

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.3


7. SERVICE SCREEN

The following functions are available on the Service screen:


• SensorMonitor
• MVCheck
• UnitCheck
• Cons.Meas.
• SD Card
• PrinterSet
• Morpho.FlagThr
• Language
• Sens/Thresh
• Display
• Adv.Setting
• Instrument Set
• InitMenu
• SerialSetting

7.4 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Sensor Monitor Screen

This screen allows you to check the voltage of each sensor.


Fluid sensors Manometer sensors
(With fluid: 1.5 V or below (With fluid: 1.5 V or below
No fluid: 3.5 V or above) No fluid: 3.5 V or above)
• Diluent 1 (CLEANAC) • WBC manometer (upper)
• Diluent 2 • WBC manometer (mid)
• HEMOLYNAC•3N • WBC manometer (lower)
• HEMOLYNAC•5 • RBC manometer (upper)
• RBC manometer (mid)
• RBC manometer (lower) 7

Temperature sensors Pressure sensor voltage


(No specification) (Normally 0.00 V)
Warmer
HGB
Inside of case HGB sensor voltage
HGB (when bath is filled with diluent)
MC unit LED ON: Approx. 3.0 V
LED OFF: 0.5 V or below

Press the [DP Calib.] key at the bottom of the window to change sensor voltage
settings.

DP Calibration
This screen is for adjusting the offset voltages for the manometer sensors and
fluid sensors. Select the sensor for which to change the voltage setting and press
[Enter] after entering a value.

To check sensor voltages, press the [Sens.Moni.] key at the bottom right.

Increasing the setting value raises the sensor voltage while decreasing the setting
value lowers the sensor voltage (0 to 255).
WBC manometer sensor
(lower)

WBC manometer sensor WBC manometer sensor


(lower) (mid)

RBC manometer sensor


RBC manometer sensor (upper)
(lower)
RBC manometer sensor
(mid)
Diluent sensor 1
Diluent sensor 2
HEMOLYNAC•3N sensor
HEMOLYNAC•5 sensor

The voltage of the sensor is displayed under each item. Press this key to return to the
sensor monitoring screen.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.5


7. SERVICE SCREEN

MV Check Screen

CD Valve:
MC Valve: Solenoid valves in JQ-731V
Solenoid valves in MC-730V.
Involved with CBC
measurement Cap Valve:
Valves that control the rinse
part of the cap pierce unit (MS-
JQ Valve: 731V). Included in JQ-732V
Solenoid valves in unit
priming/draining
unit of JQ-730V
Sample Pump Valve:
Fluid control valves for
sample pump (MJ-730V)
Sheath Pump Valve:
Fluid control valves for sheath
pump (MJ-730V)

This screen controls each unit’s solenoid valves individually.

Pressing a number turns on the corresponding solenoid valve. Pressing the


number again turns it off.

There is no limit to the number of solenoid valves you can turn on at the same
time on this screen.

To go to the next solenoid valve control screen, press the right arrow key at the
bottom of the window.
24 25
MJ-730V UT-7236 Sensor:2
JQ-730V 9 7
4

Sheath pump valves MS-730V 2 1


25
8
4

1 1
ISOTONAC.3
Thermistor 2 2
1 <10> 10 CLEANAC
3 3

MC valves 1st Dilution


<9>
5
CLEANAC.3

MC-730V
<6>
<8> 21 Sample pump
30 valves 6 Sensor:1
11
HEMOLYNAC.3N
12
HEMOLYNAC.5
<5> <7>
4 1 Sensor:3
5 2 27
R W Sensor:4
2 3 4
17
Filter 1 9 MS-731V 1 12 13 22
13
WASTE
6 3 Warmer
8 10
26
5 7 8 9
28
2 Filter
3 7

8 7
11
Filter
4 23
JQ valves
14 4
31
2 5 3 4
13 14
15 6
Case 5 6
9
MO-820V 1 2
5 19 Pressure
Sensor 1 2
13 12
18 19 20 18
9
CD valves
Manifold
16 17 18

12 10
7 ISO3 HEMO3N HEMO5
11
JQ-731V JQ-732V 15 8
MP-731V
10 2
1 1
11
1 2 3 4 5 6
29 3
3
<11>

MP-640V MP-640V 14 15 16 17
1
20
1 2
16
<4>

21 22 23 4
24
<1>
<2> <3> MP-730V
Cap valves
Front Side

7.6 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Diluter Valve:
Sheath Unit Valve: (XP-513V)
Valves in MJ-730V. Diluter solenoid valve in
Involved with MP-730V.
5-part differential
measurement. Lyse Valve:
(XP-513V)
Sampler Valve: Valves that control the
(XP-513V) hemolyzing reagent pump
Valve that switches of the triple pump unit
between WBC and RBC (MP-731V).
nozzles in MS-730V.

Pinch Valve:
(Pinch valves) 7
Blood sample
control valves for
5-part differential
measurement.

In addition to XP-612V, XP-513V and pinch valves are controlled on this screen.

Up to five solenoid valves (XP-513V and pinch valves) can be turned on at the
same time on this screen. If more than five solenoid valves are turned on, it may
damage the power supply unit.

Pressing the left arrow key at the bottom of the window returns to the previous
solenoid valve control screen.

Sampler valve MJ-730V


24 25
JQ-730V 9 UT-7236
7
Sensor:2
4
2 25
MS-730V 1 4
8 1 1
ISOTONAC.3
Thermistor 2 2
1 <10> 10 CLEANAC
3 3
CLEANAC.3
<9>
1st Dilution 5
6
<6> 21 Sensor:1
<8> 30
MC-730V 11
HEMOLYNAC.3N
12
HEMOLYNAC.5
<5> <7>
4 1 Sensor:3
5 2 27
R W Sensor:4
2 3 4
17
Filter 1 9 MS-731V 1 12 13 22
13
WASTE
6 3 Warmer
8 10
26
5 7 8 9
2
3 7 Filter
28
Lyse valves
8 7 Filter
11 4 23
14 4
31
2 5 3 4
13 14
15 6
Case 5 6
9
MO-820V 1 2
5 19 Pressure
Sensor 1 2
13 12
18 19 20 18
9
Manifold
16 17 18 Sheath pump valves
12 10
7 ISO3 HEMO3N HEMO5
11
JQ-731V JQ-732V 15 8
MP-731V
10 2
1 1
11
1 2 3 4 5 6
29 3
3 Pinch valves
<11>

MP-640V MP-640V 1
14 15 16 17 20
1 2 Diluter valve
16
<4>

21 22 23 4
24
<1>
<2> <3> MP-730V

Front Side

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.7


7. SERVICE SCREEN

CBC-side Rotary 5 Diff-side Rotary


Pump (MP-640V) Pump (MP-640V)
Left side Right side

Rotary pumps have two operating directions: forward and reverse. (The ■ button
stops the pump.)

Pump operation can be performed in addition to solenoid valve control. This


enables checking for leaks in the flow path and correct solenoid valve function.

Operating the pumps without taking into consideration the flow of fluid can
cause leaks, as well as damage to tubes and solenoid valves.

7.8 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Unit Check Screen

This screen allows individual control of units. It is useful for performing checks
after replacing a unit.

• MC-730V: MC-730V check


• MP-730V: MP-730V check
• MP-731V: MP-731V check
• Sub Bath: Sub bath check
• Sampler: MS-730V check
• Cap Pierce: MS-731V check 7
• All Initial: Initialization of operations of all units

If operations have been stopped using the RESET key, press [All Initial] to
initialize all units before further maintenance.

MC Unit Noise Check Screen


This screen provides functions to help identify the cause of noise in the analyzer.
Measures the sample in the
measurement bath

Drains the baths

Do not use

Do not use

Performs circuit check

Performs circuit check without false pulse

Performs HGB blank measurement

If the analyzer is started by pressing RESET and Power ON, the [A: 068 HGB
INITIALIZE ERROR] error message appears. This error can be canceled by
pressing the [HGB Blank] key when the WBC measurement bath is filled with
diluent.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.9


7. SERVICE SCREEN

MP-730V (Diluter) Check Screen


This screen checks the operation of the MP-730V diluter syringe. Press
[Aspirate] to draw in diluent. Press [Dispense] to release the diluent.
For CBC diluent check:
Moves the diluter piston for 5.6 mL of the sample.
MP-730V initialization

Do not use

For full-stroke operation:


Moves the piston a full stroke.

Do not use

Removes air bubbles from


the air filter in MP-730V.

For CBC diluent check:


Moves the diluter piston for
9.2 mL of the sample.

Always press [Initial] before using this function.

Diluent will be dispensed from the WBC sample nozzle.

MP-730V (Sheath) Check Screen

MP-730V initialization

Do not use

For full-stroke operation:


Moves the piston a full stroke.

For 5-part differentiation operation check:


Moves the sheath piston at 400 uL/s.

This screen checks the operation of the MP-730V sheath syringe. Always press
[Initial] before using this function.

Press [Aspirate] to draw in diluent from the diluent port. Press [Dispense] to
release the diluent to the waste chamber.

7.10 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

MP-731V (Lyse Pump) Check Screen


MP-731V initialization

Do not use

For full-stroke operation:


Moves the piston a full stroke.

For HEMOLYNAC•3N check:


Moves the HEMOLYNAC•3N piston to
aspirate or dispense 560 uL of the sample.
7

For HEMOLYNAC•5 check:


Moves the HEMOLYNAC•5 piston to aspirate
or dispense 350 uL of the sample.

This screen checks operation of the MP-731V hemolyzing reagent syringe.


Always press [Initial] before using this function.

Press [Aspirate] to draw in hemolyzing reagent. Press [Dispense] to release the


reagent.

Hemolyzing reagent is dispensed to the respective outlets: HEMOLYNAC•3 to


the WBC bath and HEMOLYNAC•5 to the mixing chamber.

Sample Pump (MP-731V) Check Screen

MP-731V initialization

Do not use

For full-stroke operation:


Moves the nozzle a full stroke.

For sample cup check:


Moves the diluent piston to move
700 uL to the sample cup.

For HEMOLYNAC•5 check:


Moves the piston at 4 uL/s towards the
sample in flow cell.

This screen checks the operation of the MP-731V five-part differentiation sample
syringe. Press [Aspirate] to draw in diluent, and press [Dispense] to release the
diluent.

Always press [Initial] before using this function.

Diluent will be dispensed from each outlet.


Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.11
7. SERVICE SCREEN

Sub Bath Check Screen


WBC sub bath initialization

RBC sub bath initialization

Rotation check for RBC sub bath:


Press this key to continue rotation.
Press again to stop.

Rotation check for WBC sub bath:


Press this key to continue rotation.
Press again to stop.

This screen checks the individual sub bath operations.

Always press [Initial] before using this function.

Sampler (MS-730V) Check screen


Performs the series of actions in the measurement process.
Do not use

MS-730V initialization

Moves the sample nozzle to the


Ready state position

Performs the series of actions in the measurement


process step by step.
[Next Step] --> Performs the next step [END] -->
Runs all steps automatically to the end

This screen checks the individual sampler operations.

Always press [Initial] before using this function.

The nozzle will move; take due care to prevent it from bending or breaking.

7.12 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Cap Pierce (MS-731V) Check Screen

Do not use

MS-731V initialization

Moves the sampling needle to


the penetrating position

Do not use
7

This screen checks the cap pierce operation.

Always press [Initialize] before using this function.

The sampling needle will move; take due care to prevent accidental puncturing.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.13


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Continuous Measurement Screen

Open
Performs continuous measurement
in open mode

Close
Performs continuous measurement
in closed mode

Run continuous measurement (aging) only after checking that there are sufficient
amounts of the reagents and that there is no accumulated waste fluid.

7.14 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

SD Card Screen

This screen backs up data and settings to the SD card.

Restores data and settings 7


from the SD card

Saves data and settings to


the SD card

Data that is backed up and restored


• Calibration coefficient and other settings
• Sensitivity threshold
• Measurement data from the analyzer’s memory (including scattergrams)
• QC data and upper/lower limits

NOTE
• Only the current settings can be saved and multiple conditions cannot
be saved.
• Data is deleted upon restoration.

This screen saves the analyzer’s operation logs to the SD card.


Clear button:
Deletes operation logs stored in the analyzer.

Save button:
Outputs operation logs stored in the analyzer to
the SD card.

Dump button:
Display operation logs.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.15


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Printer Settings Screen

Printing the research parameters


This setting selects whether or not to output IG% and IG# using the internal
printer.

IG% and IG# cannot be printed from an external printer or card printer.

7.16 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Morpho. Flag Settings Screen

This screen is changes threshold settings for each flag.


STEP
Enables the setting of thresholds
out of 5 levels for each flag.

FREE (Do not use)


Enables the setting of thresholds
by entering values for each flag.

Saves a screenshot of this screen


to the SD card.

The thresholds for the following


four flags can be changed:
• Blast
• IG
• Left Shift
• At-Ly

Saves a screenshot of this screen


to the SD card.

Threshold values can be set to a value in the range of 1 to 5, with 5 causing the
easiest trigger for flags to be set.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.17


7. SERVICE SCREEN

On the STEP screen, detailed settings are available for flag thresholds.

7.18 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Language Settings Screen

This screen sets the user interface language.

NOTE
The initial values to be applied when settings are reset depends on the
language set here.

Japanese:
Unit system that is used in Japan.
Date/Time: YY/MM/DD

English:
Unit system that is used in the U.S.A.
Date/Time: DD/MMM/YY

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.19


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Display Settings Screen

The screen sets the display of scattergrams and histograms on the result screen.
Sets how the histogram is displayed

Histogram
Max value of the vertical axis is fixed. The
higher the cell count, the taller the height of
the histogram becomes.

Distribution
The vertical direction is fixed to full scale
regardless of the overall count values. This
makes it easy to read the distribution pattern,
but the overall count values are not shown.

Select whether or not to show a


separator lines in the scattergram

The ratio of the vertical axis of the histogram and the position of the scale of
histogram for RBC can be adjusted.

Adjusts the position of the


scale of the RBC histogram

Sets the max value of the vertical


axis of the WBC histogram

Sets the max value of the vertical


axis of the RBC histogram

Sets the max value of the vertical


axis of the PLT histogram

Use this function when the position of the RBC histogram scale does not match
the MCV.

7.20 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Advanced Settings Screen

WBC settings for China


(Not available)
Warmer control
ON: Normal operation
OFF: Terminate operation
Value: Do not change
(Default: 0)

Selects whether to exclude ghost


cell count from the RBC during 7
optical counting.
(Default: ON)

Selects whether to smooth


out the WBC, RBC, and PLT
histograms.
(Default: ON)

This screen changes various settings for measurement. For normal use, use the
default settings.
Selects whether to use MEK-CAL or
human blood for optical adjustment.
(Default: MEK-CAL)

Fan status
ON: Fan is running
OFF: Fan is stopped
(Default: OFF)

Sets the amount of blood to be used


for capillary blood measurement.
(Default: 10 uL)

Highland mode
Turn this mode on when using the
analyzer in a location more than 1,000
m above sea level. (Default: OFF)

Selects whether to attach an


asterisk after a value when a 5-diff
flag occurs. (Default: ON)

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.21


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Settings for CBC and optical sensitivity are different for control blood and
human blood.

For QC measurement (X-R or L&J), the sensitivity is automatically switched;


however, to measure control using normal measurement, you must change the
sample type to ‘Control.’

After measurement is completed, the sample identification automatically returns


to ‘Blood.’
Selects whether to continue Control
mode. When the analyzer is turned
off, the setting returns to Off.

Selects whether to set the


upper and lower limits on
the Calibration screen.

Not used. Set this setting to Off.

Selects whether sample ID or patient


ID is output as Patient ID information
for PC (V03-02, V05-01), ASTM or
USB communication.

Selects Port 1 or 2 for


ASTM communication.

These settings are provided to enable the selection of whether to continue


Control mode. When the analyzer is powered off, the setting automatically
returns to [OFF] (Not Continue).

7.22 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Sens/Threshold Screen

This screen sets the impedance sensitivity and thresholds for human blood
measurement.

The threshold settings for RBC and PLT are generally set to [Auto], but when
using a fixed threshold, remove the check from the AUTO checkbox and enter a
value.

Select off to use a fixed


threshold for RBC

Use this key to save a screenshot of this screen to the SD card.

You can check the history of changes applied to the sensitivity and threshold
settings.

Saves a screenshot of this screen Deletes the history


to the SD card record

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.23


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Saves a screenshot of this screen


to the SD card

You can set the CBC sensitivity and thresholds for MEK-5DL/N/H and the
offsets for optical sensitivity.

7.24 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Instrument Settings Screen

This screen sets individual default values for the analyzer and checks the average
and CV.

• Serial Number
• DP Calib.
• Unit Calib.
• XD-CV 7
• X10-CV
• X31-CV
• CAL Limit Set

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.25


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Serial Number Setting Screen

This screen checks and sets the instrument’s serial number.

The measurement data includes a serial number. Always compare it with the
serial number on the analyzer’s label and confirm that they match.

If the MAIN BD (UT-7253) is replaced, enter the new serial number on this
screen.

7.26 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

XD-CV Screen

Based on all stored normal value data, this screen displays the daily average and
center values for the past three days.

Saves a screenshot of this screen to


the SD card

Use as a way to acquire the center values (MCV, MCH, MCHC) for X̅B
management
The periodic average of X̅D data is used as the center value for each item and as
the initial value for X̅B management.

Use as basic data for quality control


Mean corpuscular data (MCV, MCH, and MCHC) has a stable physiological
fluctuation range, which allows X̅D and CV data to be used as basic data for QC.

Use for statistical calculations


The data distribution for calculation can be independently specified for each
item (normal range setting and correlation). Therefore, the data can be used for
statistical calculations, such as the determination of a standard range specific to
the institution.

Samples with measured values that are out of pre-set range are not included in
the calculation.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.27


7. SERVICE SCREEN

X10-CV Screen

Based on all stored normal value data, this screen displays the average and center
values for every 10 samples.

Use this screen when continuously measuring hematology control blood and
checking the reproducibility of the machine.

The screen displays the average and center values for 3 sets of 10 counts, in other
words the average and center values from 30 samples, as well as the average
mean and CV mean for every 10 counts.

Saves a screenshot of this screen


to the SD card

The last 30 samples are used for calculation regardless of the standard value
range.

7.28 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

X31-CV Screen

Based on all stored normal value data, this screen displays the average and center
values for the last 31 samples measured.

If there are more than 30 measurement data sets, the last 31 data sets are used to
calculate the average and CV%.

The last 31 samples are used for calculation regardless of the standard value
range.
7
X31-CV data is not calculated when there are less than 31 data sets.

Background measurement data, calibration measurement data, and QC


measurement data are not included in this calculation.

Outputs the average and CV% to an


external printer.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.29


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Calibration Limit Setting

This screen sets limits for the calibration factor.

If Calibration Limit Setting is ON, the calibration factor is limited within a


specified range.

To prevent incorrectly calibration factor by mistake

Restores the default settings

7.30 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Unit Correction Coefficient Screen

Dilution ratio correction coefficient


for diluter (MP-730V)

Manometer correction coefficient


for MC unit (MC-730V)
• WBC MC 360 uL:
360 uL correction (WBC)
• WBC MC 500 uL:
500 uL correction (WBC) 7

• RBC MC 360 uL:


360 uL correction (RBC)
• RBC MC 500 uL:
500 uL correction (RBC)

This screen sets the correction coefficients for the dilution ratio and the
aspiration volume in the manometer.

After a unit (MC-730V, MP-730V) or a board (UT-7220, UT-7256) has been


replaced, compare the correction coefficients with those indicated on the unit’s
label and confirm that they match.

If the correct correction coefficients are not set, accurate calculation and
measurement cannot be ensured.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.31


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Initial Menu Screen

This screen is used primarily to initialize the Service screen settings.


Initializes Initializes the
thresholds for flags serial number

Initializes all fluid Initializes advanced


sensor digital settings
potentiometer
values to 127
Initializes the following
items:
Initializes • Language
the sequence • Sensitivity and
number to 1 thresholds
• Display
• Unit calibration
coefficients

Reset all settings to factory defaults

7.32 Service Manual MEK-7300K


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Dummy Data Screen

This screen allows for the creation of the following demonstration data.

This function creates a DUMMY_DATA (1-byte, all capital letters) folder on the
SD card for MEK-7300. Data saved in the folder can be read into the analyzer.

Do not use

This screen allows for the creation of


the following demonstration data:
• History data

• Work list data

• Calibration data

• QC data

When demonstration data is created, the relevant stored data will be deleted.

After demonstration, delete all data via the [Initial] screen. Performing
measurements with the demonstration data existing can cause problems, such as
not being able to save data.

Service Manual MEK-7300K 7.33


7. SERVICE SCREEN

Serial Setting Screen

This screen sets the PC format version for serial communication.

PC format version can be specified to ensure compatibility.

7.34 Service Manual MEK-7300K


Manufacturer
NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION
1-31-4 Nishiochiai, Shinjuku-ku
Tokyo 161-8560, Japan
Phone +81 (3) 5996-8036
Fax +81 (3) 5996-8100

Sales
USA Asia
NIHON KOHDEN AMERICA, INC. SHANGHAI KOHDEN MEDICAL ELECTRONIC
90 Icon Street, Foothill Ranch, CA 92610, USA INSTRUMENT CORPORATION
Phone +1 (949) 580-1555 7th Floor, Dawning Centre Tower A No.500
Fax +1 (949) 580-1550 Hongbaoshi Road, Changning District
Shanghai 201103, China
Europe Phone +86 (21) 6270-0909
Fax +86 (21) 6270-9700
European Representative
NIHON KOHDEN EUROPE GmbH Beijing Branch
Room 1701, East Ocean Centre
Raiffeisenstrasse 10
No. 24A JianGuoMenWai Street, Beijing, 100004
D-61191 Rosbach v.d.H., Germany
Phone 010-6515-5750
Phone +49 6003 827-0 Fax 010-6515-5758
Fax +49 6003 827-599
Guangzhou Branch
NIHON KOHDEN ITALIA S.r.l. Room 2514, Yian Plaza
Via Fratelli Bronzetti 28 No. 33 Jian She Liu Ma Road, Guangzhou, 510060
I-24124 Bergamo, Italy Phone 020-8363-3737
Phone +39 035 219 543 Fax 020-8363-3807
Fax +39 035 232 546
NIHON KOHDEN SINGAPORE PTE LTD
NIHON KOHDEN FRANCE SARL 1 Maritime Square, #10-34 (Lobby C), Harbour Front Centre
8, rue Francois Delage, 94230 Cachan, France Singapore 099253
Phone +33 1 49 08 05 50 Phone +65 6376-2210
Fax +33 1 49 08 93 32 Fax +65 6376-2264

NIHON KOHDEN IBERICA S.L. NIHON KOHDEN KOREA, INC.


C/Ulises 75A Hannam Tower Annex Bldg. Suite 203
E-28043 Madrid, Spain 730 Hannam-dong, Yongsan-gu, Seoul, Korea 141-210
Phone +34 917 161 080 Phone +82 (2) 3273-2310
Fax +34 913 004 676 Fax +82 (2) 3273-2352

NIHON KOHDEN UK LTD


Tolworth Tower, Ewell Road, Surbiton Production
Surrey KT6 7EL, UK Reagent Production
Phone +44 20-8390-8622
Fax +44 20-8390-4675 NIHON KOHDEN FIRENZE S.r.l.
Via Torta 72/74
I-50019 Sesto Fiorentino Firenze, Italy
Phone +39 055 3045 1
Fax +39 055 308548

Contact information is accurate as of May 2013. Visit www.nihonkohden.com for the latest information.

The model and serial number of your instrument are identified on the rear or bottom of the unit.
Write the model and serial number in the spaces provided below. Whenever you call your representative concerning
this instrument, mention these two pieces of information for quick and accurate service.

Model Serial number

Your Representative

You might also like